E190 - E195 - Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) - REV.20

EMBRAER 190/195
ANAC
AERONAUTICAL PRODUCTS CERTIFICATION BRANCH
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
Embraer S.A.
THIS DOCUMENT INCLUDES ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE
FURNISHED TO THE PILOTS BY THE REQUISITOS BRASILEIROS DE
HOMOLOGAÇÃO AERONÁUTICA (RBHA-25).
THIS DOCUMENT IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING AIRPLANE
MODELS: ERJ 190-100 STD, ERJ 190-100 LR, ERJ 190-100 SR,
ERJ 190-100 ECJ, ERJ 190-100 IGW, ERJ 190-200 STD, ERJ 190-200 LR
AND ERJ 190-200 IGW.
NOTE: - THE ERJ 190-100 AND ERJ 190-200 MODELS HAVE THE
COMMERCIAL DESIGNATION OF EMBRAER 190 AND
EMBRAER 195, RESPECTIVELY.
- THE ERJ 190-100 IGW HAS THE COMMERCIAL DESIGNATION
OF EMBRAER 190 AR OR EMBRAER 190 PR. THE
ERJ 190-200 IGW HAS THE COMMERCIAL DESIGNATION OF
EMBRAER 195 AR.
- THE ERJ 190-100 ECJ HAS THE COMMERCIAL DESIGNATION
OF LINEAGE 1000.
- SOME MANUAL VERSIONS MAY NOT PRESENT ALL LISTED
MODELS. FOR SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION, REFER TO LEP
APPLICABILITY.
ANAC APPROVAL: ________________________

SEBASTIÃO GILBERTI MAIA CAVALI
TECHNICAL COORDINATOR
AERONAUTICAL PRODUCTS CERTIFICATION
DATE: AUGUST 30, 2005
REGISTRATION NUMBER: __________________
SERIAL NUMBER: ________________________
AFM–1868
CODE 208
AUGUST 30, 2005
REVISION 20 – SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
In connection with the use of this document, Embraer does not provide any express or implied warranties
and expressly disclaims any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
This document contains trade secrets, confidential, proprietary information of Embraer and technical data subject to
U.S. Export Administration Regulation ("EAR") and other countries export control laws and regulations. Diversion
contrary to the EAR and other laws and regulations is strictly forbidden. The above restrictions may apply to data on
all pages of this document.
Copyright © 2021 by Embraer S.A. All rights reserved.
AIRPLANE REVISION APPROVAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
REVISION APPROVAL
AFM-1868
REVISION: 20
DATE: SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
Approval nº 987/2021/GTPR/GCPP/SAR-ANAC:
AFFECTED
DESCRIPTION
INFORMATION
VERSION 7.1
S1-05 – codes 07,
Added new CAFM version for operations from
08, 09, 10 and 12
ISA + 35ºC up to ISA + 39ºC for EMBRAER 195.
PERFORMANCE
S6-15 – code 02 Added CAT-III option in CAFM version 7.1 and on for
HUD A3 mode operations.
PERFORMANCE
S7-15 – code 02 Added CAT-III option in CAFM version 7.1 and on for
Autoland operations.
INTRODUCTION
S13-00 – code 01 Changed the effectivity of the supplement to include
EMBRAER 195.
LIMITATIONS
S13-05 – code 02
Added Operational Limitations for EMBRAER 195.
NORMAL PROCEDURES
S13-10 – code 01
Added the EMBRAER 195 in the Block’s effectivity.
RP678
AFM-1868
RA
REVISION 20 code 01 Page 1
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION APPROVAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
RA
Page 2 code 01 REVISION 20
AIRPLANE RECORD OF
TEMPORARY
FLIGHT
REVISIONS
MANUAL
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

(AFM–1868)
TR DATE DATE INCORPORATED

APPLICABILITY ISSUED REMOVED BY
N°
0.1 Section 2 Sep 09/05 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
0.2 Supplement 6 Oct 26/05 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Sections 2, 5
0.3 and Nov 16/05 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Supplement 1
Supplements 1
0.4 Nov 30/05 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
and 5
0.5 Section 4 Dec 29/05 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Section 2 and
0.6 Jan 19/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Supplement 5
Sections 3, 4
0.7 and Jan 20/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Supplement 1
0.8 Supplement 6 Mar 14/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
0.9 Supplement 1 Apr 26/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Section 2 and
0.10 Jun 08/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Supplement 1
Cover,
Sections 2, 3,
0.11 Jun 30/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
4, 5 and
Supplement 1
0.12 Section 4 Jul 20/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
0.13 Section 2 Aug 02/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
Section 2 and
0.14 Supplements 4 Aug 09/06 Jan 08/07 Revision 1
and 6
AFM-1868
RTR
RECORD OF AIRPLANE
TEMPORARY
FLIGHT
REVISIONS
MANUAL

(AFM–1868)
N°
Sections 2, 3,
4, 5 and
1.1 Apr 19/07 Sep 25/07 Revision 2
Supplements 1,
2, 5 and 6
Sections 2, 3,
4 and
1.2 May 30/07 Sep 25/07 Revision 2
Supplements 1,
2 and 4
2.1 Sections 2 and 5 Oct 18/07 Apr 10/08 Revision 3
Sections 2, 3,
4, 5 and
2.2 Oct 22/07 Apr 10/08 Revision 3
Supplements 1,
2 and 5
Sections 2, 4,
Supplements 2,
2.3 Dec 10/07 Apr 10/08 Revision 3
3, 7 and
Appendix 1
Section 2,
3.1 Supplements 1 Jul 21/07 Nov 21/08 Revision 4
and 10
Sections 2, 3, 4,
5 and
4.1 Dec 15/08 Jun 24/09 Revision 5
Supplements 1,
3, 9 and 12
Sections 3, 4 and
4.2 Jan 13/09 Jun 24/09 Revision 5
Supplement 9
Supplements 1
4.3 Jun 15/09 Jun 24/09 Revision 5
and 6
Cover and
5.1 Aug 14/09 Apr 08/10 Revision 6
Supplement 14
AFM-1868
RTR
AIRPLANE RECORD OF
TEMPORARY
FLIGHT
REVISIONS
MANUAL

(AFM–1868)
N°
Sections 1, 2
and
5.2 Sep 28/09 Apr 08/10 Revision 6
Supplements 2
and 10
Section 5 and
7.1 Supplements 1, Nov 03/10 Sep 08/11 Revision 8
17 and 18
7.2 Supplement 5 Feb 22/11 Sep 08/11 Revision 8
Sections 2, 5 and
8.1 Jan 16/12 Jun 05/12 Revision 9
Supplement 18
Section 2 and
8.2 Supplements 1 Mar 23/12 Jun 05/12 Revision 9
and 11
Sections 2 and 4
8.3 and Supplements Mar 26/12 Jun 05/12 Revision 9
1, 5 and 9
Supplements 2
9.1 and 19 and Oct 31/12 Jun 03/13 Revision 10
Appendix 1
9.2 Supplement 20 Nov 30/12 Jun 03/13 Revision 10
Sections 3 and 4,
and
9.3 Apr 16/13 Jun 03/13 Revision 10
Supplements 1
and 15
Section 2, 5,
Supplements 1,
10.1 Oct 09/13 Jun 06/14 Revision 11
3, 6, 7, 8 and
Appendix 1
10.2 Supplement 2 Dec 06/13 Jun 06/14 Revision 11
Section 1 and
11.1 Jul 07/14 Apr 15/15 Revision 12
Supplement 21
11.2 Sections 2,3, 5 Oct 10/14 Apr 15/15 Revision 12
AFM-1868
RTR
RECORD OF AIRPLANE
TEMPORARY
FLIGHT
REVISIONS
MANUAL

(AFM–1868)

N°
Supplements 1,
11.3 Nov 20/14 Apr 15/15 Revision 12
5, 6, 7
12.1 Section 4 Aug 06/15 Jun 21/16 Revision 13
12.2 Supplement 21 Sep 25/15 Jun 21/16 Revision 13
12.3 Supplement 1 Mar 31/16 Jun 21/16 Revision 13
Sections 1, 2, 5
12.4 and Supplements Apr 08/16 Jun 21/16 Revision 13
18 and 23
13.1 Sections 2 and 5 Sep 23/16 Apr 12/17 Revision 14
13.2 Sections 2 and 5 Nov 25/16 Apr 12/17 Revision 14
Supplements 1
14.1 May 15/17 Aug 14/18 Revision 15
and 13
15.1 Supplement 2 Aug 23/18 Sep 19/19 Revision 16
Sections 1, 2 and
15.2 May 27/19 Sep 19/19 Revision 16
Supplement 2
Supplements 1,
19.1 Aug 03/21 Sep 30/21 Revision 20
6, 7, and 13
AFM-1868
RTR
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
ORIGINAL.................. 0 ..................AUG 30, 2005

REVISION.................. 1 ...................JAN 08, 2007
REVISION.................. 2 .................. SEP 25, 2007
REVISION.................. 3 .................. APR 10, 2008
REVISION.................. 4 ..................NOV 21, 2008
REVISION.................. 5 .................. JUN 24, 2009
REVISION.................. 6 .................. APR 08, 2010
REVISION.................. 7 ..................AUG 16, 2010
REVISION.................. 8 .................. SEP 08, 2011
REVISION.................. 9 .................. JUN 05, 2012
REVISION................. 10 ................. JUN 03, 2013
REVISION................. 11 ................. JUN 06, 2014
REVISION................. 12 ................. APR 15, 2015
REVISION................. 13 ................. JUN 21, 2016
REVISION................. 14 ................. APR 12, 2017
REVISION................. 15 .................AUG 14, 2018
REVISION................. 16 ................. SEP 19, 2019
REVISION................. 17 ................. NOV 27, 2020
REVISION................. 18 ................. MAY 21, 2021
REVISION................. 19 .................. JUN 10, 2021
REVISION................. 20................... SEP 30, 2021
AFM-1868
0-LEP
REVISION 20 Page 1/20
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
0-LEP
Page 2/20 REVISION 20
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
Block Code Page Change
(model, engine, authority, other)
0-TITLE 208 cover * REVISION 20 190 AR/LR
195 AR/LR
RA 01 1 * REVISION 20 CC 01
RA 01 2 * REVISION 20
RTR 01 1 REVISION 12 CC 01
RTR 01 2 REVISION 12
RTR 01 3 REVISION 12
RTR 01 4 * REVISION 20
0-TOC 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL
0-TOC 01 2 ORIGINAL
1-00 01 1 REVISION 12 ALL
1-00 01 2 REVISION 17
1-00 01 3 REVISION 14
1-00 01 4 REVISION 14
1-00 01 5 REVISION 12
1-00 01 6 REVISION 16
1-00 01 7 REVISION 17
1-00 01 8 REVISION 17
1-10 01 2 REVISION 12
1-20 01 2 REVISION 12
1-20 01 3 REVISION 12
1-20 01 4 REVISION 13
1-20 01 5 REVISION 13
1-20 01 6 REVISION 13
1-20 01 7 REVISION 15
1-20 01 8 REVISION 16
1-20 01 9 REVISION 16
* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
1-20 01 10 REVISION 13
2-00 01 2 ORIGINAL
2-05 02 1 ORIGINAL 190 LR/kg
2-05 02 2 REVISION 10
2-05 03 1 ORIGINAL 190 AR/kg
2-05 03 2 REVISION 10
2-05 10 1 REVISION 1 195 LR/kg
2-05 10 2 REVISION 10
2-05 11 1 REVISION 1 195 AR/kg
2-05 11 2 REVISION 10
2-06 01 1 REVISION 10 190 kg
2-06 01 2 REVISION 10
2-06 02 1 REVISION 10 195 kg
2-06 02 2 REVISION 10
2-06 03 1 REVISION 10 190 kg Alternate 1
2-06 03 2 REVISION 10
2-06 04 1 REVISION 10 195 kg Alternate 1
2-06 04 2 REVISION 10
2-10 01 1 ORIGINAL 190, except ECJ
2-10 01 2 REVISION 1
2-10 01 3 ORIGINAL
2-10 01 4 ORIGINAL
2-10 03 1 REVISION 1 195

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
2-20 01 2 ORIGINAL
2-30 01 1 ORIGINAL 190/195
2-30 01 2 ORIGINAL not equipped with RAAS
2-36 01 1 REVISION 8 ALL, except ECJ – L and kg
2-36 01 2 ORIGINAL
2-38 01 1 REVISION 3 ALL, except ECJ
2-38 01 2 REVISION 2 Non-ETOPS
2-40 04 1 REVISION 15 CF34-10E5A1 + TO 5 min
2-40 04 2 REVISION 15
2-40 04 3 REVISION 15
2-40 04 4 REVISION 15
2-40 05 1 REVISION 15 CF34-10E7 and
2-40 05 2 REVISION 15 CF34-10E7-B + TO 5 min
2-40 05 3 REVISION 15
2-40 05 4 REVISION 15
2-48 01 1 REVISION 7 ALL with 8000 ft
2-48 01 2 ORIGINAL Cabin Altitude Height,
except ECJ 7000 ft
2-56 01 2 REVISION 15 not equipped
with Advanced Features

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
3-00 01 4 ORIGINAL
3-03 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-05 01 2 REVISION 12
3-07 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL, except ECJ
3-07 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-09 01 2 REVISION 12
3-09 01 3 REVISION 12
3-09 01 4 REVISION 12
3-11 01 2 REVISION 12
3-13 01 1 REVISION 1 ALL, except ECJ with
3-13 01 2 ORIGINAL Embraer Interior
3-16 01 2 REVISION 12
3-17 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL, except ECJ with
3-19 01 2 REVISION 13
3-23 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL
3-23 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-25 01 2 ORIGINAL

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
3-27 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-29 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-31 01 2 ORIGINAL STC Interior
3-33 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-35 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-37 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-39 01 2 ORIGINAL
3-45 01 2 REVISION 3 Embraer Interior
4-00 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-00 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-00 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-01 01 2 REVISION 12
4-01 01 3 REVISION 12
4-01 01 4 REVISION 12
4-01 01 5 REVISION 12

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
4-01 01 6 REVISION 12
4-01 01 7 REVISION 12
4-01 01 8 REVISION 12
4-01 01 8A REVISION 12
4-01 01 8B REVISION 12
4-01 01 9 REVISION 12
4-01 01 10 REVISION 12
4-01 01 11 REVISION 12
4-01 01 12 REVISION 12
4-01 01 12A REVISION 12
4-01 01 12B REVISION 12
4-01 01 13 REVISION 14
4-01 01 14 REVISION 12
4-01 01 15 REVISION 12
4-01 01 16 REVISION 13
4-01 01 17 REVISION 12
4-01 01 18 REVISION 12
4-01 01 19 REVISION 12
4-01 01 20 REVISION 13
4-01 01 20A REVISION 13
4-01 01 20B REVISION 12
4-01 01 21 REVISION 12
4-01 01 22 REVISION 13
4-01 01 22A REVISION 13
4-01 01 22B REVISION 12
4-01 01 23 REVISION 12
4-01 01 24 REVISION 12
4-01 01 25 REVISION 12
4-01 01 26 REVISION 12

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
4-02 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-02 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-04 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-04 01 5 ORIGINAL
4-06 01 2 REVISION 12
4-06 01 3 REVISION 12
4-06 01 4 REVISION 12
4-08 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-08 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-10 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-10 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-10 01 10 REVISION 2
4-10 01 11 REVISION 2

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
4-10 01 12 REVISION 2
4-12 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-12 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-12 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-12 01 6 ORIGINAL
4-12 01 8 ORIGINAL
4-14 01 2 ORIGINAL with STC Interior
4-14 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-16 01 2 REVISION 13
4-16 01 3 REVISION 12
4-16 01 4 REVISION 12
4-16 01 5 REVISION 13
4-16 01 6 REVISION 12
4-16 01 7 REVISION 12
4-16 01 8 REVISION 12
4-16 01 9 REVISION 13
4-16 01 10 REVISION 13
4-16 01 11 REVISION 12
4-16 01 12 REVISION 12
4-16 01 13 REVISION 12
4-16 01 14 REVISION 13
4-18 01 2 REVISION 18

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
4-18 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-18 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-18 01 8 REVISION 18
4-18 01 9 REVISION 18
4-18 01 10 REVISION 1
4-18 01 11 ORIGINAL
4-18 01 12 ORIGINAL
4-20 01 2 REVISION 12
4-20 01 3 REVISION 12
4-20 01 4 REVISION 12
4-20 01 5 REVISION 12
4-20 01 6 REVISION 12
4-22 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-22 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-22 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-24 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-24 01 5 ORIGINAL
4-24 01 6 ORIGINAL
4-26 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-26 01 3 ORIGINAL

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
4-28 01 2 ORIGINAL with Embraer Interior
4-28 01 3 ORIGINAL
4-28 01 4 ORIGINAL
4-30 01 2 ORIGINAL
4-30 01 3 REVISION 10
4-30 01 7 REVISION 10
5-01 01 2 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 3 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 4 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 5 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 6 REVISION 11
5-01 01 8 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 9 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 10 REVISION 3
5-01 01 11 REVISION 3
5-01 01 12 REVISION 3

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
5-01 01 13 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 14 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 15 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 16 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 17 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 18 ORIGINAL
5-01 01 19 REVISION 4
5-01 01 20 ORIGINAL
5-05 07 1 REVISION 18 195 – CF34-10E5A1
5-05 07 2 REVISION 18
5-05 09 1 REVISION 18 190, except ECJ – CF34-10E7
5-05 09 2 REVISION 18
5-05 10 1 REVISION 18 195 – CF34-10E7
5-05 10 2 REVISION 18
5-10 01 2 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 3 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 4 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 5 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 6 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 7 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 8 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 9 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 10 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 11 ORIGINAL
5-10 01 12 ORIGINAL
S-TOC 04 1 REVISION 12 HGS + EFB + Radial
S-TOC 04 2 REVISION 13 Tires + CPDLC
S1-00 01 1 REVISION 1 CAFM for 190 + 195

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S1-00 01 2 REVISION 1
S1-02 01 1 REVISION 5 ALL
S1-02 01 2 ORIGINAL
S1-05 10 1 REVISION 12 195 – CF34-10E5A1
S1-05 10 3 * new REVISION 20
S1-05 11 1 REVISION 12 190, except ECJ – CF34-10E7
S1-05 12 1 REVISION 12 195 – CF34-10E7
S1-10 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL
S1-10 01 2 ORIGINAL
S1-15 01 1 REVISION 12 ALL, except ECJ
S2-00 01 1 REVISION 17 Primus Epic FMS
S2-00 01 2 REVISION 13 Load prior to 27.1

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S2-05 01 10 REVISION 17
S2-05 01 11 REVISION 17
S2-05 01 12 REVISION 17
S2-10 01 10 REVISION 13
S2-10 01 11 REVISION 13
S2-10 01 12 REVISION 13
S2-00 02 1 REVISION 17 Primus Epic NG FMS
S2-00 02 2 REVISION 13 Load 27.1 and on

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S2-10 02 10 REVISION 13
S3-00 01 1 REVISION 3 CAT II Operation
S3-00 01 6 ORIGINAL
S3-05 01 1 REVISION 3 CAT II Operation
S3-10 01 1 ORIGINAL CAT II Operation
S3-10 01 2 ORIGINAL
S3-10 01 3 ORIGINAL
S3-10 01 4 ORIGINAL
S3-10 01 5 ORIGINAL
S3-10 01 6 ORIGINAL
S3-10 01 8 ORIGINAL

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S4-00 01 1 ORIGINAL RVSM Operation
S4-05 01 1 REVISION 2 RVSM Operation
S4-05 01 2 ORIGINAL
S4-10 01 1 ORIGINAL RVSM Operation
S4-10 01 2 ORIGINAL
S4-10 01 3 ORIGINAL
S4-10 01 4 ORIGINAL
S6-00 01 1 REVISION 4 190, except ECJ
S6-00 01 2 REVISION 4 HGS Operation
S6-00 01 3 REVISION 4 Repeater - LVTO - HUD A3
S6-00 02 1 REVISION 4 195 – HGS Operation
S6-05 02 1 REVISION 4 195 – HGS Operation
S6-10 01 1 REVISION 4 190, except ECJ, 195

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S6-10 01 2 REVISION 4 HGS Operation – Dual
Repeater - LVTO - HUD A3
S6-15 02 1 * REVISION 20 195 – HGS Operation
S6-15 02 2 * REVISION 20 Repeater - LVTO - HUD A3
S10-00 01 1 REVISION 4 Non-Docked EFB
S17-00 01 1 REVISION 8 190/195 with Radial Tires
S17-00 01 2 REVISION 8 Performance bought,
except ECJ
except ECJ
except ECJ
S19-00 01 1 REVISION 13 CPDLC - All,
S19-00 01 2 REVISION 15 except 190 ECJ
with FANS over Iridium
S19-05 01 1 REVISION 13 CPDLC
S19-05 01 2 REVISION 13
S19-10 01 1 REVISION 13 All, except ECJ - CPDLC

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability
S19-10 01 2 REVISION 13
S19-15 01 1 REVISION 10 CPDLC
S19-15 01 2 REVISION 10
AP-TOC 01 1 ORIGINAL ALL
AP-TOC 01 2 ORIGINAL
AP1-00 01 1 REVISION 11 CDL
AP1-00 01 2 ORIGINAL
AP1-00 01 3 REVISION 1

AFM-1868
0-LEP
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Applicability

AFM-1868
0-LEP
AIRPLANE TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 - GENERAL
2 - LIMITATIONS
3 - NORMAL PROCEDURES
4 - EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
5 - PERFORMANCE
SUPPLEMENTS
APPENDICES
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 0-TOC

ORIGINAL code 01 Page 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
0-TOC CTA APPROVED

Page 2 code 01 ORIGINAL
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 1
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction ........................................................................ 1-00.......... 02
Definition of Terms............................................................. 1-10.......... 01
Abbreviations and Acronyms Used.................................... 1-20.......... 01
AFM-1868
1-00
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) meets certification requirements set
by RBHA 25 and provides the approved information necessary to
safely operate the EMBRAER 190 and EMBRAER 195.
For additional information, please contact:
EMBRAER S.A.
Flight Operations Engineering & Support
Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 2170 - PC 176
São José dos Campos - São Paulo - BRASIL
CEP 12227-901
PHONE: 55 12 3313-1706
E-MAIL: [email protected]
AFM-1868
1-00
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
REVISIONS
EMBRAER may periodically revise this manual as required to update
information or provide information not available at the time of printing.
Revised data may result from EMBRAER approved airplane
modifications or from improved techniques gained through operational
experience.
The basic and current issue date of this Manual is presented on the
title page. The revisions to the basic Manual will be numbered
sequentially (Rev. 1, 2, 3 and so forth). The issue date correspondent
to each revision is presented on the beginning of the List of Effective
Pages. The revision status of each page is informed at the List of
Effective Pages and on the page footer.
A Revision Approval, at the beginning of this manual, shows the
approval date and the authority signature, as well as a brief description
of the last revision modifications.
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Temporary revisions (TR) may be issued when a change is required
before the normal revision. TR pages are yellow colored and must be
inserted alongside the affected white pages (do not replace them).
They will be clearly identified by a numeric character composed by the
latest revision number followed by a dot number. Example: TR 14.3.
The issue date correspondent to each revision is presented on the
beginning of the TR List of Effective Pages. The revision status of each
page is informed at the TR List of Effective Pages and on the TR page
footer.
TR contents are to be incorporated in the next Revision. TR yellow
pages are removed upon incorporation of next Revision pages.
The last pages of the Revision Approval, at the beginning of this
manual, provide a brief description of the temporary revision
modifications.
AFM-1868
1-00
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CHANGE MARKINGS
Changes to the text are indicated by a vertical line on the outer margin
of the page at the height of affected lines.
A vertical line, adjacent to the page number, indicates either the
following changes:
• relocated text or illustrations,
• entire new supplement, or section, or block.
Change markings are only applied to changes included at the time of
approval.
LISTS OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

A List of Effective Pages and a TR List of Effective Pages, at the
beginning of this Manual, present the revision status of each page of
this Manual. Their purpose is to allow verification of manual updating.
CONFIGURATION RELEASE
Customer AFM is an extract of Authority-approved AFM, customized
for specific fleet configuration, identified by three last numbers after
manual Part Number.
Configuration Release is a change on Customer AFM contents due to
modifications on airplane optional equipment or operation.
Configuration Release will be identified on manual cover and on the
List of Effective Pages by an alphanumeric character composed by the
latest revision number followed by a dash and an alphabetic letter.
Example: Release 12-A, Release 14.3-A...
The sequential letter is reinitiated on every next Revision for each
Customer AFM.
Both cover and LEP (of normal and temporary revision) must be
replaced with those transmitted by the configuration release, and the
content pages inserted or removed accordingly.
AFM-1868
1-00
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ORGANIZATION
This Airplane Flight Manual is divided into seven Sections, as follows:
 Section 1 - General
 Section 2 - Limitations
 Section 3 - Normal Procedures
 Section 4 - Emergency and Abnormal Procedures
 Section 5 - Performance
 Supplements
 Appendices
The Sections and their use are explained below.
SECTION 1 - GENERAL
This Section contains general information pertaining to the Manual,
such as the revision rules, its organization and a definition of terms.
SECTION 2 - LIMITATIONS
This Section contains airworthiness certification limitations.
The limitations restrict airplane operation in accordance with the
airworthiness certificate.
SECTION 3 - NORMAL PROCEDURES

This Section contains the required normal procedures.
SECTION 4 - EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

This Section contains the actions in the event of failures.
SECTION 5 - PERFORMANCE
This section contains performance general information and
configurations.
AFM-1868
1-00
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENTS
The Supplements provide the necessary additional information for the
airplane operation, when equipped with optional systems and
equipment not provided with the standard airplane, or when specific
operational information is applicable to the airplane (e.g. ferry flights,
special operation etc). Supplements may modify or complete the
limitations, procedures or performance data of the basic AFM.
APPENDICES
Appendices may be incorporated in the AFM to provide additional
information for the operation of the airplane, in a format that may not
be the same as the basic AFM.
GUIDANCE INFORMATION
Some portions of the AFM are provided as guidance information and
were not applied for a certification process, being presented in the
AFM for the operator convenience. Such portions are presented in
segregated Sections, Supplements or Appendices, and their pages do
not bear the notation "ANAC APPROVED".
INDENTATION
Indentation exists when the information is displaced to the right relative
to the paragraph that immediately precedes it. The indentation is used
to establish a relationship between the indented and the preceding
information.
Indented information is normally preceded by a condition (e.g. “during
landing”, “if something is true”, “when something happens”). When this
is the case, observe the indented information when the preceding
condition is satisfied.
AFM-1868
1-00
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SERVICE BULLETINS
The effectivity of information associated with the application or not of a
Service Bulletin has the labels "Post-Mod." or "Pre-Mod.".
The information with "Post-Mod." label applies either to airplanes
modified by the indicated SB or having an equivalent factory
incorporated modification. The "Pre-Mod." label applies to airplanes
that have not applied the indicated SB or do not have an equivalent
factory incorporated modification.
SOFTWARE VERSIONS
When a software version is implemented (for example, Primus EPIC
Load, FADEC), it has functionalities of the previous one and the
subsequent versions are equivalent, except when informed otherwise.
When related to a software version, the "Post-Mod." label means that
the applicability is valid to the mentioned version and its subsequent
versions, except when informed otherwise. The "Pre-Mod." Label
means that it is valid only to previous software versions of the
mentioned one, except when informed otherwise.
The Primus Epic System has two LOAD families:
– LOAD 25 and previous (NZ), and
– LOAD 27 and later (NG).
The content related to the LOAD version is applicable only to the
mentioned family.
AFM-1868
1-00
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
1-00
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DEFINITION OF TERMS
The following definitions apply to the terms below:
WARNING: OPERATING PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES AND
OTHER RELATED INFORMATION WHICH MAY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE, IF
NOT FOLLOWED.
CAUTION: OPERATING PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES AND

OTHER RELATED INFORMATION WHICH MAY RESULT
IN DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF EQUIPMENT, IF
NOT FOLLOWED.
NOTE: Operating procedures, techniques and other related

information which are considered essential to emphasize.
AFM-1868
1-10
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
1-10
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED

ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
°C Degree Celsius
°F Degree Fahrenheit
ft Feet
kg Kilogram
kt Knot
l Liters
m Meter
psi Pound per Square Inch
sec Second
∆Gust Increase in Airspeed due to Gust
A Ampere
AC Alternating Current
AC Advisory Circular
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADS Air Data System
ADS-B Automatic Dependant Surveillance Broadcast

AFE Above Field Elevation
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
A/I Anti-Ice
AMS Air Management System

AFM-1868
1-20
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
ANAC Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil
AOA Angle of Attack
AP or A/P Autopilot
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ARM Armed
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATS Air Turbine Starter
ATTCS Automatic Takeoff Thrust Control System
AVNX Avionics
BRK Brake
CAS Crew Alerting System
CAFM Computerized Airplane Flight Manual
CAT II Category II Operation
CB Circuit Breaker
CCD Cursor Control Device
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CG Center of Gravity
Configuration, Maintenance and

CMP
Procedures
COMM Communication
AFM-1868
1-20
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
CON Continuous
CR or CRZ Cruise
CRG Cargo
CTA Centro Técnico Aeroespacial
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
DA Decision Altitude
DC Direct Current, Digital Controller
DET Detector
DH Decision Height
DISAG Disagree
DME Distance Measurement Equipment
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
ECS Environmental Control System
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning

EGPWS
System
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication and Crew Alerting

EICAS
System
EMG or EMERG Emergency
ENG Engine
ESS Essential
ETOPS Extended Operations

AFM-1868
1-20
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FADEC Full Authority Digital Electronic Control
FAF Final Approach Fix
FANS Future Air Navigation System
FIREX Fire Extinguisher
FLEX Flexible
FMS Flight Management System
FPA Flight Path Angle
FPL Flight Path Level
FRT Fixed Radius Transitions
FWD Forward
GA or G/A Go Around
GE General Electric
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GPS Global Positioning System
GPS/SBAS GPS with SBAS capability
G/S, GS Glide Slope
HDG Heading
HF High Frequency
HI High
IAF Initial Approach Fix

AFM-1868
1-20
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
IESS Integrated Electronic Standby System
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IRS Inertial Reference System
IRU Inertial Reference Unit
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ITT Interturbine Temperature
JCAB Japan Civil Aviation Bureau
KIAS Indicated Airspeed in Knots
L Left
LG Landing Gear
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localizer
Localizer Performance with Vertical
LPV
Guidance
LR Long Range
LT Light
M Mach
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
AFM-1868
1-20
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
MAU Modular Acquisition Unit
MAX Maximum
MCDU Multi-Function Control Display Unit
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
MDH Minimum Descent Height
MEA Minimum Enroute Altitude
MFD Multifunction Display
MIN Minimum
MLW Maximum Landing Weight

MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MRA Maximum Turbulent Air Penetration

Speed (Mach)
MRB Maintenance Review Board
MRW Maximum Ramp Weight
MTOW Maximum Takeoff Weight
MXR Maximum Reserve
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
MZWFW Maximum Zero Wing Fuel Weight
N1 Fan Speed
N2 High Pressure Rotor Shaft Speed
NAV Navigation
NAVCOM Navigation & Communication

AFM-1868
1-20
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
NDB Non-Directional Beacon
NG FMS Next Generation Flight Management

System
NM Nautical Miles
OVHT Overheat
PAX Passenger
PBN Performance Based Navigation
PFC Porous Friction Course
R Right
RA Radio Altimeter, Resolution Advisory
RAAS Runway Awareness and Advisory System
RAT Ram Air Turbine
RBHA Requisito Brasileiro de Homologação

Aeronáutica
RF Radius to a Fix
RNP Required Navigation Performance

Required Navigation Performance
RNP AR
Authorization Required
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
SAT Static Air Temperature
SOV Shutoff Valve
STD Standard
AFM-1868
1-20
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
SVS Synthetic Vision System
TA Traffic Advisory
TAT Total Air Temperature
TCAS Traffic and Collision Avoidance System
TLA Thrust Lever Angle
TO Takeoff
TOD Top of Descent
TOGA Takeoff/Go-Around
TRU Transformer Rectifier Unit
V Volt
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
VA Volt-Ampere
VA Design Maneuvering Speed
VAPP Approach Speed
VAPP CLB Approach Climb Speed
VEF Critical Engine Failure Speed
VFE Maximum Flaps Extended Speed
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VFS Final Segment Speed
VHF Very High Frequency

AFM-1868
1-20
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABBREVIATIONS OR
MEANING
ACRONYMS
VLE Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed
VLF Very Low Frequency
VLO Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed
VLOF Lift Off Speed
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VRA Maximum Turbulent Air Penetration

Speed
VREF Landing Reference Speed
AFM-1868
1-20
GENERAL AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
1-20
AIRPLANE LIMITATIONS
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction ........................................................................ 2-00.......... 02
Weight................................................................................ 2-05.......... 01
Loading .............................................................................. 2-05.......... 01
Center of Gravity Envelope................................................ 2-06.......... 01
Operational Limitations ...................................................... 2-10.......... 01
Systems:
Electronic Display ......................................................... 2-20.......... 01
Warning ........................................................................ 2-30.......... 01
Fuel............................................................................... 2-36.......... 01
APU .............................................................................. 2-38.......... 01
Power Plant .................................................................. 2-40.......... 01
Pneumatic, Air Conditioning and Pressurization........... 2-48.......... 01
Ice and Rain Protection ................................................ 2-50.......... 01
Autopilot........................................................................ 2-56.......... 01
Navigation/Communication Equipment ........................ 2-56.......... 01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-00

LIMITATIONS AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This airplane must be operated in accordance with the limitations
presented in this Section. These limitations also apply to operations in
accordance with an approved Supplement or Appendix to this AFM,
except as altered by such Supplement or Appendix.
AFM-1868
2-00 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
WEIGHT
MAX MAX MAX MAX
AIRPLANE Ramp Takeoff Landing Zero Fuel
Weight Weight Weight Weight
MODEL (MRW) (MTOW) (MLW) (MZFW)
(kg) (kg) (kg) (kg)
EMBRAER 190 LR 50460 50300 43000 40800
To comply with the performance and operating limitations of the

regulations, the maximum allowable takeoff and landing operational
weights may be equal to, but not greater than design limits.
The takeoff weight (weight at brake release or at start of takeoff run) is
the lowest between MTOW and the following weights:
− Maximum takeoff weight as calculated using the approved
software, and as limited by field length, climb and brake energy.
− Maximum takeoff weight, as limited by enroute, and landing
operating requirements.
The landing weight is the lowest among MLW and the following
weights calculated using the approved software:
− Maximum landing weight as limited by runway.
− Maximum approach and landing weight as limited by altitude,
temperature and climb gradient.
LOADING
The airplane must be loaded in accordance with the information
contained in the Weight and Balance Manual.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 2-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
DELETED
AFM-1868
2-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
WEIGHT
MAX MAX MAX MAX
AIRPLANE Ramp Takeoff Landing Zero Fuel
Weight Weight Weight Weight
MODEL
(MRW) (MTOW) (MLW) (MZFW)
(kg) (kg) (kg) (kg)
EMBRAER 190 AR 51960 51800 44000 40900

LOADING
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 2-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
DELETED
AFM-1868
2-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
WEIGHT
MAX MAX MAX MAX
Ramp Takeoff Landing Zero Fuel
AIRPLANE Weight Weight Weight Weight
(kg) (kg) (kg) (kg)
EMBRAER 195 LR 50950 50790 45000 42500

LOADING
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
DELETED
AFM-1868
2-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
WEIGHT
MAX MAX MAX MAX
Ramp Takeoff Landing Zero Fuel
AIRPLANE Weight Weight Weight Weight
(kg) (kg) (kg) (kg)
EMBRAER 195 AR 52450 52290 45800 42600

LOADING
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
DELETED
AFM-1868
2-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE

EMBRAER 190 STANDARD, LR, AR AND SR MODELS
NOTE: The data below must be used in conjunction with the maximum
weight values (ramp, takeoff, landing and zero fuel) associated
to each model and found in the Maximum Weight table.
INFLIGHT LIMITS (FLAPS AND GEAR UP)

TAKEOFF AND LANDING LIMITS
REGION 2 MINIMUM WEIGHTS EXTENDED AREA
58000
REGION 1 2 NOT ALLOWED FOR TAKEOFF
56000
8.7% 29%
54000
10.7% 27%
52000 51800 kg
31%
50000
48000 48090 kg
47000 kg
46000
44000
WEIGHT − kg
42000
40400 kg
40000
38000
22% 37000 kg
36000
30100 kg 29%
34000 18.4% 1
32000 29500 kg
31500 kg
30600 kg
30000
4% 2 25%
EM170AOM020067E.DGN
6%
28000 28000 kg
15% 25.4%
26000
17% 23.4%
24000
−5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
CG POSITION − % MAC
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-06

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-06 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

EMBRAER 195 STANDARD, LR AND AR MODELS
TAKEOFF AND LANDING LIMITS
58000 REGION 1 NOT ALLOWED FOR TAKEOFF
56000
9.3% 11.3% 31%
54000
32.5%
52000 52290 kg
51230 kg
50000 50415 kg
48000
46000
44000
43400 kg
WEIGHT − kg
42000
40000
38000 38000 kg
36000
1
34000
30100 kg
32000 31800 kg
30600 kg
30000
31195 kg 10%
7% 28.5%
EM170AOM020055E.DGN
28000 22%
29500 kg 18.4% 27%
26000
24000
−5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-06

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-06 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

(ALTERNATE 1 – CENTER OF GRAVITY – 17%)
EMBRAER 190 STANDARD, LR, AR AND SR MODELS
62000
60000 INFLIGHT LIMITS (FLAPS AND GEAR UP)

LANDING LIMITS
REGION 1 TAKEOFF LIMITS − CG ALTERNATE 1
58000
REGION 2 MINIMUM WEIGHTS EXTENDED AREA
56000
54000 8.7% 10.7% 29%

17% 27%
52000 51800 kg
50000
48090 kg 31%
48000
47000 kg
46000
WEIGHT − kg
1
44000
42000
40400 kg
40000
38000
30100 kg 22% 37000 kg
36000
29726 kg 29%
34000
32000 29500 kg
31500 kg
30600 kg
30000
4% 6% 2 25%
EM170AOM020075F.DGN
28000 28000 kg 28000 kg

18.4%
26000 15%
17% 23.4% 25.4%
24000
−5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
NOTE: The CAFM CG Envelope option must be set to Alternate 1 for

takeoff.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-06

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-06 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

(ALTERNATE 1 – CENTER OF GRAVITY – 17%)
EMBRAER 195 STANDARD, LR AND AR MODELS

LANDING LIMITS
58000 TAKEOFF LIMITS − CG ALTERNATE 1
REGION 1
56000
17% 31%
54000
9.3% 11.3% 32.5%
52000 52290 kg
51230 kg
50000 50415 kg
48000
46000
1
44000
43400 kg
WEIGHT − kg
42000
40000
38000 38000 kg
36000
34000
30100 kg
32000 31800 kg
30600 kg
30000
31195 kg 10% 28.5%
EM170AOM020096B.DGN
7%
28000 22%
29726 kg 18.4% 27%
26000
29500 kg
24000
−5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
NOTE: The CAFM CG Envelope option must be set to Alternate 1 for

takeoff.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-06

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-06 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS
OPERATIONAL ENVELOPE
45000
-65°C -21.5°C
41000 ft
40000
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - ft
25000
ISA + 35°C
20000
15000
10000 ft
10000
5000
0
-54°C -40°C 52°C
-5000
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE - °C

190CTA01 - 29JUN04
TAKEOFF, LANDING & GROUND START
NOTE: In the event of a landing below -40°C, the airplane may not
takeoff without further maintenance inspection.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE FOR FLAP EXTENDED

Maximum Altitude For Flap Extended........................... 20000 ft
AIRSPEEDS
LANDING GEAR OPERATION/EXTENDED SPEED (VLO AND VLE)
VLO for retraction.......................................................... 235 KIAS

VLO for extension ......................................................... 265 KIAS
VLE ............................................................................ 265 KIAS
NOTE: - VLO is the maximum speed at which the landing gear can be
safely extended and retracted.
- VLE is the maximum speed at which the airplane can be
safely flown with the landing gear extended and locked.
MAXIMUM SPEED TO OPEN THE DIRECT VISION WINDOW

Maximum Speed To Open
The Direct Vision Window........................................ 160 KIAS
MINIMUM CONTROL SPEEDS

The minimum control speeds are presented by the CAFM outputs
associated to the takeoff flaps and engine models.
AFM-1868
2-10 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED
45000
MMO=0.82
40000
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - ft
25000
20000
VMO
15000
10000
5000
190CTA03 - 05JUL2004
0
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350
AIRSPEED - KIAS
NOTE: VMO/MMO may not be deliberated exceeded in any regime of

flight (climb, cruise, or descent).
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
EMBRAER 190 MANEUVERING SPEED (VA)
45000
40000
MMO=0.82
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - FT
25000
20000
VA
15000
10000
5000
190CTA011 - 30MAR2005
0
220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
AIRSPEED - KIAS
NOTE: Maneuvers that involve angle of attack near the stall or full
application of rudder, elevator, and aileron controls should
be confined to speeds below VA. In addition, the
maneuvering flight load factor limits, presented in this
Section, should not be exceeded.
WARNING: RAPID AND LARGE ALTERNATING CONTROL
INPUTS, ESPECIALLY IN COMBINATION WITH
LARGE CHANGES IN PITCH, ROLL, OR YAW (E.G.
LARGE SIDE ANGLES) MAY RESULT IN
STRUCTURAL FAILURES AT ANY SPEED, EVEN
BELOW VA.
AFM-1868
2-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM FLAP EXTENDED SPEED (VFE)
Flaps 1 .......................................................................... 230 KIAS

Flaps 2 .......................................................................... 215 KIAS
Flaps 3 .......................................................................... 200 KIAS
Flaps 4 .......................................................................... 180 KIAS
Flaps 5 .......................................................................... 180 KIAS
Flaps Full ...................................................................... 165 KIAS
MAXIMUM TIRE GROUND SPEED

Maximum Tire Ground Speed ...................................... 195 kt
WIND LIMITATIONS
Maximum Takeoff and Landing Tailwind Component .. 10 kt
KINDS OF OPERATION
This airplane may be flown day and night in the following conditions,
when the appropriate equipment and instruments required by
airworthiness and operating regulations are approved, installed and in
an operable condition:
− Visual (VFR).
− Instrument (IFR).
− Icing conditions.
− Category I and II.
− RVSM.
− RNP.
− Extended Over-Water Operation.
MINIMUM CREW
Minimum Flight Crew .................................................... PILOT AND
COPILOT
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MANEUVERING FLIGHT LOAD FACTORS

These corresponding accelerations limit the bank angle during turns
and limit the pull-up maneuvers.
FLAPS DOWN
LOAD FACTOR LIMIT FLAPS UP (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 AND
FULL)
Positive 2.5 g 2.0 g
Negative -1.0 g 0g
RUNWAY
Runway Slope............................................................... -2% TO +2%
Runway Surface Type................................................... PAVED
TOWING
Towbarless towing is prohibited, unless it is conducted in accordance
with the procedures presented in the AMM chapter 9.
AFM-1868
2-10 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
OPERATIONAL ENVELOPE
45000
-65°C -21.5°C
41000 ft
40000
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - ft
25000
ISA + 35°C
20000
15000
10000 ft
10000
5000
•
0
-54°C -40°C 52°C
-5000
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE - °C

190CTA01 - 29JUN04
TAKEOFF, LANDING & GROUND START •
NOTE: In the event of a landing below -40°C, the airplane may not
takeoff without further maintenance inspection.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE FOR FLAP EXTENDED

Maximum Altitude For Flap Extended........................... 20000 ft
AIRSPEEDS
LANDING GEAR OPERATION/EXTENDED SPEED (VLO AND VLE)
VLO for retraction.......................................................... 235 KIAS

VLO for extension ......................................................... 265 KIAS
VLE ............................................................................ 265 KIAS
NOTE: - VLO is the maximum speed at which the landing gear can be
safely extended and retracted.
- VLE is the maximum speed at which the airplane can be
safely flown with the landing gear extended and locked.
MAXIMUM SPEED TO OPEN THE DIRECT VISION WINDOW

Maximum Speed To Open
The Direct Vision Window........................................ 160 KIAS
MINIMUM CONTROL SPEEDS

The minimum control speeds are presented by the CAFM outputs
associated to the takeoff flaps and engine models.
AFM-1868
2-10 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED
45000
MMO=0.82
40000
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - ft
25000
20000
VMO
15000
10000
5000
190CTA03 - 05JUL2004
0
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350
AIRSPEED - KIAS
NOTE: VMO/MMO may not be deliberated exceeded in any regime of

flight (climb, cruise, or descent).
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
EMBRAER 195 MANEUVERING SPEED (VA)
45000
40000
MMO=0.82
35000
30000
ALTITUDE - FT
25000
20000
VA
15000
10000
5000
190CTA011 - 30MAR2005
0
220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
AIRSPEED - KIAS
NOTE: Maneuvers that involve angle of attack near the stall or full
application of rudder, elevator, and aileron controls should be
confined to speeds below VA. In addition, the maneuvering
flight load factor limits, presented in this Section, should not
be exceeded.
WARNING: RAPID AND LARGE ALTERNATING CONTROL
INPUTS, ESPECIALLY IN COMBINATION WITH
LARGE CHANGES IN PITCH, ROLL, OR YAW (E.G.
LARGE SIDE ANGLES) MAY RESULT IN
STRUCTURAL FAILURES AT ANY SPEED, EVEN
BELOW VA.
AFM-1868
2-10 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM FLAP EXTENDED SPEED (VFE)
Flaps 1 ...........................................................................230 KIAS

Flaps 2 ...........................................................................215 KIAS
Flaps 3 ...........................................................................200 KIAS
Flaps 4 ...........................................................................180 KIAS
Flaps 5 ...........................................................................180 KIAS
Flaps Full .......................................................................165 KIAS
MAXIMUM TIRE GROUND SPEED

Maximum Tire Ground Speed .......................................195 kt
WIND LIMITATIONS
Maximum Takeoff and Landing Tailwind Component ...10 kt
KINDS OF OPERATION
This airplane may be flown day and night in the following conditions,
when the appropriate equipment and instruments required by
airworthiness and operating regulations are approved, installed and in
an operable condition:
− Visual (VFR).
− Instrument (IFR).
− Icing conditions.
− Category I and II.
− RVSM.
− RNP.
− Extended Over-water Operation.
MINIMUM CREW
Minimum Flight Crew.....................................................PILOT AND
COPILOT
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MANEUVERING FLIGHT LOAD FACTORS

These corresponding accelerations limit the bank angle during turns
and limit the pull-up maneuvers.
FLAPS DOWN
LOAD FACTOR LIMIT FLAPS UP (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 AND
FULL)
Positive 2.5 g 2.00 g
Negative - 1.00 g 0g
RUNWAY
Runway Slope ............................................................... -2% TO +2%
Runway Surface Type................................................... PAVED
TOWING
Towbarless towing is prohibited, unless it is conducted in accordance
with the procedures presented in the AMM chapter 9.
AFM-1868
2-10 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ELECTRONIC DISPLAY SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC CHECKLIST
Operational approval is required in order to load database into the
airplane and use the electronic checklist.
For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0009 or with an equivalent
modification factory incorporated, the use of the Electronic Checklist is
prohibited.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-20

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-20 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
WARNING
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING

The following limitations are applicable to the Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning System (EGPWS):
- Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the Terrain

Awareness System.
- The use of predictive EGPWS functions should be manually
inhibited when landing at an airport that is not in the airport
database to avoid unwanted alerts.
- Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current Air Traffic Control
(ATC) clearance to the extent necessary to comply with an
EGPWS warning.
- The Terrain Display is intended to be used as a situational tool only
and may not provide the accuracy and/or fidelity on which to solely
base terrain avoidance maneuvering.
- The use of predictive EGPWS functions should be manually
inhibited during QFE operations if GPS data is unavailable or
inoperative.
TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE

The following limitations are applicable to the Traffic Alert and
Collision Avoidance System (TCAS):
- Deviation from the ATC assigned altitude is authorized only to

extent necessary to comply with a TCAS Resolution Advisory (RA).
- Maneuvers must not be based solely on information presented in
the traffic display.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 2-30

FLIGHT
MANUAL
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
AFM-1868
2-30 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
FUEL
AIRPLANE MODEL EMBRAER 190/195
Maximum usable quantity per tank 8076.3 l

(6550 kg)
Unusable quantity per tank 56.7 l

(46 kg)
NOTE: Maximum fuel capacity is 16266 l (13192 kg).

Maximum permitted imbalance between tanks ..... 360 kg
NOTE: The weights above have been determined for an adopted fuel
density of 0.811 kg/l. Different fuel densities may be used
provided the volumetric limits are not exceeded.
FUEL SPECIFICATION
Brazilian Specification ........................................... QAV1
ASTM Specification ............................................... D1655-JET A AND
JET A-1
American Specification .......................................... MIL-T-83133A-JP8
Chinese Specification ............................................ GB6537-2006 No.3
Jet Fuel (PRC No.3
Kerosine)
FUEL ADDITIVES
For approved additives refer to the GE Specification D50TF2 Manual,
latest revision.
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE

Minimum ................................................................ -37°C
CROSSFEED OPERATION
Crossfeed Selector Knob must be set OFF during takeoff and landing.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-36

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-36 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
SUNDSTRAND APS 2300
OPERATIONAL LIMITS
PARAMETER MIN MAX

START: - -
TEMPERATURE -54°C (3)
ALTITUDE - 30000 ft
OPERATION: - -
TEMPERATURE (3) (3)
ALTITUDE: - -
ELECTRICAL GEN - 33000 ft
BLEED - 15000 ft
TO ASSIST ENGINE START - 21000 ft
ROTOR SPEED - 108%
EGT (1)(2): - -
START - 1032°C
CONTINUOUS - 717°C
NOTE: 1) In flight, there is no automatic shutdown if EGT exceeds

the limits.
2) There is no time limitation for operating the APU on ground
or in flight in the amber range between 662°C and 717°C.
3) APU temperature matches the Airplane Operational
Envelope temperature.
APU STARTER LIMITS

Cooling period after each starting attempt:
First and Second Attempts ...................................... 60 sec OFF
Third Attempt ........................................................... 5 min OFF
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-38

FLIGHT
MANUAL
APU APPROVED OILS

For APU Oil Types/Brands/Servicing refer to the APU Model
Specification Manual (Hamilton Sundstrand, APU Model APS 2300) -
ESR 1235, latest revision.
AFM-1868
2-38 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
POWER PLANT
ENGINES
Two General Electric CF34-10E5A1.
OPERATIONAL LIMITS
PARAMETER MIN MAX

N1 - 100%
N2 59.3% 100%
ITT: - -
Ground Start - 740°C
Inflight Start - 875°C
Normal and Maximum Takeoff
- 983°C (1) (2)
and Go Around
Maximum Continuous - 960°C
OIL PRESSURE 25 psi (3) -
OIL TEMPERATURE: - -
Continuous - 155°C
NOTE: 1) Time limited to 5 minutes. The ITT limits for Takeoff/Go-
around and Maximum Takeoff/Go-around Reserve (ATTCS)
thrust ratings are based on ten minutes periods.
2) ITT transients above the nominal ITT limits are allowed to
Normal and Maximum Takeoff, up to 5.5°C for 2 seconds,
4.4°C for 5 seconds, 3.6°C for 15 seconds and 2.4°C for
30 seconds.
3) During starts with oil temperature below -22°C the minimum
oil pressure is 5 psi, time limited to 2 minutes.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-40

FLIGHT
MANUAL
STARTER LIMITS
DRY MOTORING DUTY CYCLE LIMITS:
Motoring Number Maximum Time Cool-Down Time

1 90 Seconds 5 Minutes
2 through to 5 (1) 30 Seconds 5 Minutes
NOTE: 1) After five sequential motorings, cycle may be repeated

following a 15-minute cool-down period.
STARTING DUTY CYCLE LIMITS:

90 Seconds (On ground)
1 and 2 10 Seconds
120 seconds (In-flight)
3 through to 5 5 Minutes
NOTE: - For ground starts, the maximum cumulative starter run time
per start attempt is 90 seconds (monitoring plus start time).
- For in-flight starts, the maximum cumulative starter run time
AFM-1868
2-40 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE APPROVED OILS

For Engines Oil Types/Brands/Servicing refer to the GE Specification
D50TF2 Manual, latest revision.
ENGINE THRUST
POWERBACK
Powerback is prohibited.
REDUCED AND DERATED TAKEOFF THRUST PROCEDURES
Approved methods:
− Assumed Temperature.
− Derated Takeoff Thrust Modes other than T/O-1.
For both methods:

− Operations are allowed if the airplane meets all applicable
performance requirements at the planned takeoff weight.
− Operators must establish means to ensure that the engines
are capable of producing full takeoff thrust without exceeding
any engine operating limits.
− Application of reduced takeoff thrust is always at the pilot's
discretion.
For Assumed Temperature method only:

− Operation is not allowed on runways contaminated with
standing water, slush, snow, or ice, and is not allowed on wet
runways unless suitable performance accountability is made
for the increased stopping distance on the wet surface.
− The total thrust reduction is limited to 25% of each takeoff
thrust mode.
− The pilot may cancel the Assumed Temperature at any time
during the takeoff operation by setting the thrust lever to the
MAX position.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-40

FLIGHT
MANUAL
THRUST REVERSER (APPLICABLE ONLY TO AIRPLANES PRE-

MOD. SB 190-73-0010)
After applying thrust reverser, do not move thrust levers back to the
forward thrust range, unless the REV icon on EICAS is shown amber
or green.
AFM-1868
2-40 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
POWER PLANT
ENGINES
Two General Electric CF34-10E7 or two General Electric
CF34-10E7-B.
OPERATIONAL LIMITS
PARAMETER MIN MAX

N1 - 100%
N2 - 100%
ITT: - -
Ground Start - 740°C
Inflight Start - 875°C
Normal Takeoff and Go Around - 943°C (1) (3)
983°C
Maximum Takeoff and Go Around -
(1) (2) (3)
Maximum Continuous - 960°C
OIL PRESSURE 25 psi (4) -
OIL TEMPERATURE: - -
Continuous - 155°C
NOTE: 1) Time limited to 5 minutes.
2) Automatically engaged mode in one engine inoperative or
windshear conditions, when the thrust lever is in the TOGA
position.
3) ITT transients above the nominal ITT limits are allowed to
Normal and Maximum takeoff, up to 5.5°C for 2 seconds,
4.4°C for 5 seconds, 3.6°C for 15 seconds and 2.4°C for
30 seconds.
4) During starts with oil temperature below -22°C the minimum
oil pressure is 5 psi, time limited to 2 minutes.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-40

FLIGHT
MANUAL
STARTER LIMITS
DRY MOTORING DUTY CYCLE LIMITS:

1 90 Seconds 5 Minutes
2 through to 5 (1) 30 Seconds 5 Minutes
NOTE: 1) After five sequential motorings, cycle may be repeated

following a 15-minute cool-down period.
STARTING DUTY CYCLE LIMITS:

1 and 2 10 Seconds
3 through to 5 5 Minutes
NOTE: - For ground starts, the maximum cumulative starter run time
- For in-flight starts, the maximum cumulative starter run time
AFM-1868
2-40 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE APPROVED OILS

For Engines Oil Types/Brands/Servicing refer to the GE Specification
D50TF2 Manual, latest revision.
ENGINE THRUST
POWERBACK
Powerback is prohibited.
REDUCED AND DERATED TAKEOFF THRUST PROCEDURES
Approved methods:
− Assumed Temperature.
− Derated Takeoff Thrust Modes other than T/O-1.
For both methods:

− Operations are allowed if the airplane meets all applicable
performance requirements at the planned takeoff weight.
− Operators must establish means to ensure that the engines
are capable of producing full takeoff thrust without exceeding
any engine operating limits.
− Application of reduced takeoff thrust is always at the pilot's
discretion.
For Assumed Temperature method only:

− Operation is not allowed on runways contaminated with
standing water, slush, snow, or ice, and is not allowed on wet
runways unless suitable performance accountability is made
for the increased stopping distance on the wet surface.
− The total thrust reduction is limited to 25% of each takeoff
thrust mode.
− The pilot may cancel the Assumed Temperature at any time
during the takeoff operation by setting the thrust lever to the
MAX position.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-40

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-40 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
PNEUMATIC, AIR CONDITIONING AND

PRESSURIZATION
PRESSURIZATION
Maximum differential pressure ..................................... 8.4 psi
Maximum differential overpressure .............................. 8.8 psi
Maximum differential negative pressure....................... - 0.5 psi
Maximum differential pressure for Takeoff
and Landing............................................................. 0.2 psi
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-48

FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
2-48 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS
There is no temperature limitation for anti-icing system automatic
operation.
On ground:
- The TO DATASET MENU on the MCDU must be set to ENG
when OAT is between 5ºC and 10ºC and:
- if there is any possibility of encountering visible moisture up
to 1700 ft AFE, or
- when operating on ramps, taxiways, or runways where
surface snow, ice, standing water, or slush may be ingested
by the engines, or freeze on engines, nacelles, or engine
sensor probes.
- The TO DATASET MENU on the MCDU must be set to ALL when
OAT is below 5ºC and:
- if there is any possibility of encountering visible moisture up
to 1700 ft AFE, or
surface snow, ice, standing water, or slush may be ingested
by the engines, or freeze on engines, nacelles, or engine
sensor probes.
In flight:
- The engine and wing anti-ice systems operate automatically, in
case of ice encounter when the ice protection mode selector is in
the AUTO position. If either one or both ice detectors are failed,
the crew must set the mode selector to ON when icing conditions
exist or are anticipated below 10ºC TAT with visible moisture.
NOTE: - Icing conditions may exist whenever the Outside Air
Temperature (OAT) on the ground or for takeoff, or Total Air
Temperature (TAT) in flight, is 10ºC or below and visible
moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of one mile or less, rain, snow, sleet, and ice
crystals).
- Icing conditions may also exist when the OAT on the ground
and for takeoff is 10ºC or below when operating on ramps,
taxiways, or runways where surface snow, ice, standing
water, or slush may be ingested by the engines, or freeze on
engines, nacelles, or engine sensor probes.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-50

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CAUTION: ON GROUND, DO NOT RELY ON VISUAL ICING

EVIDENCE OR ICE DETECTOR ACTUATION TO TURN ON
THE ANTI-ICING SYSTEM. USE THE TEMPERATURE
AND VISUAL MOISTURE CRITERIA AS SPECIFIED
ABOVE. DELAYING THE USE OF THE ANTI-ICING
SYSTEM UNTIL ICE BUILD-UP IS VISIBLE FROM THE
COCKPIT MAY RESULT IN ICE INGESTION AND
POSSIBLE ENGINE DAMAGE OR FLAME-OUT.
WINDSHIELD WIPER OPERATION

Maximum Airspeed for Windshield Wiper Operation ..... 253 KIAS
AFM-1868
2-50 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
AUTOPILOT
- Minimum Engagement Height ................................................ 400 ft
- Minimum Use Height .............................................................. 50 ft
NAVIGATION/COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
- TAS, TAT and SAT information are only valid above 60 KIAS.
- While transmitting in VHF1 the standby magnetic compass indication
is not valid.
- Baro altimeter minimums must be used for all CAT I approaches.
- Back course approaches using IESS is prohibited.
- The ACARS is limited to the transmission and receipt of messages
that will not create an unsafe condition if the message is improperly
received, unless they are verified per approved operational
procedures.
- For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-34-0026 (ADS-B Out) or equipped
with an equivalent modification factory incorporated, the installed
ADS-B Out system complies with AMC 20-24.
- For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-34-0030 (ADS-B Out) or equipped
with an equivalent modification factory incorporated, the installed
ADS-B Out system complies with AC 20-165.
- For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-23-0018 (SATCOM Iridium) or with
an equivalent modification factory incorporated, the SATCOM
system is not approved for satellite voice communication with the
ATC.
INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM

The airplanes may be operated within the North and South magnetic
polar cut-out regions specified in the table below, but IRS magnetic
heading and track angle magnetic data will not be available.
MAGNETIC
CUT-OUT LATITUDE LONGITUDE
REGIONS
Between 73.125°N Between 80°W and
North and 82°N 130°W
North of 82°N Between 0° and 180°W/E
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 2-56

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAGNETIC
CUT-OUT LATITUDE LONGITUDE
REGIONS
Between 60°S and Between 120°E and
South 82°S 160°E
South of 82°S Between 0° and 180°W/E
NOTE: Whenever operating within North or South magnetic polar cut-

out regions, current airplane heading must be referenced to
true heading, if not already selected. Otherwise, the Heading
Failure Indication flag will be displayed.
- Maximum latitude for stationary alignment: ............. 78.25° Northern
and Southern
- IRS stationary alignment will complete only after a valid airplane
present position (latitude and longitude) is received either from the
FMS (pilot entry) or automatically from GPS.
- Time to stationary alignment completion:

20
ALIGNMENT TIME - minutes.....
15
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
ALIGNMENT LATITUDE - degrees Northern and Southern

AFM-1868
2-56 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 3
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction ........................................................................ 3-00.......... 03
Internal Safety Inspection .................................................. 3-03.......... 01
Power Up ........................................................................... 3-05.......... 01
External Inspection ............................................................ 3-07.......... 01
Before Start........................................................................ 3-09.......... 01
Engine Start ....................................................................... 3-11.......... 01
Abnormal Engine Start Indications ............................... 3-11.......... 01
After Start........................................................................... 3-13.......... 01
Before Takeoff ................................................................... 3-15.......... 01
Takeoff............................................................................... 3-16.......... 01
After Takeoff ...................................................................... 3-17.......... 01
Descent.............................................................................. 3-19.......... 01
Approach ........................................................................... 3-21.......... 01
Before Landing .................................................................. 3-23.......... 01
Go Around ......................................................................... 3-25.......... 01
After Landing ..................................................................... 3-27.......... 01
Shutdown........................................................................... 3-29.......... 01
Leaving the Airplane .......................................................... 3-31.......... 01
Buffet Onset Envelope....................................................... 3-33.......... 01
Enhanced/Ground Proximity Warning ............................... 3-35.......... 01
Windshear Prevention/Recovery....................................... 3-37.......... 01
Traffic and Collision Avoidance ......................................... 3-39.......... 01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-00

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Transponder.......................................................................3-40 ..........01
Operation in Icing Conditions.............................................3-41 ..........01
Turbulent Air Penetration ...................................................3-45 ..........01
AFM-1868
3-00 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
The normal procedures contained in this manual have been developed
and recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the certification
authorities for use during the operation of the airplane.
Indented explanations (lines beginning further from the margin than the
others) may follow a main item regarded as not being self-explanatory or
lacking further details.
The actions identified with φ are recall items. They must be performed
expeditiously and from memory.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-00

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-00 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTERNAL SAFETY INSPECTION
Maintenance Status ................................................. CHECK
Cockpit Emergency Equipment ............................... CHECK
GPU Button.............................................................. PUSHED OUT
APU Generator Button............................................. PUSH IN
Fuel Panel................................................................ CHECK
No Smoke Sign........................................................ AS REQUIRED

For airplanes without ashtrays on the passenger seats, the No
Smoke sign must be set at ON during all flight phases.
Windshield Wiper..................................................... OFF
Hydraulic Panel........................................................ CHECK

Verify:
− SYSTEM 1 and 2 Electrical Pumps ..... AUTO
− SYSTEM 3 Electrical Pump A ............. OFF
− SYSTEM 3 Electrical Pump B ............. AUTO
− PTU ...................................................... AUTO
Air Conditioning/Pneumatic Panel ........................... CHECK
Landing Gear Lever................................................. DOWN
Start/Stop Selectors................................................. STOP
RAT Command ........................................................ STOWED
Slat/Flap Lever......................................................... VERIFY

POSITION
Circuit Breakers ....................................................... CHECK
Photoluminescent Escape Path Marking System

at Passenger Cabin (if installed) ........................ CHARGED
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-03

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-03 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
POWER UP
Battery 1................................................................... ON
Battery 2................................................................... AUTO
CAUTION: VERIFY THAT ONLY DISPLAYS 2 AND 3 ARE

AVAILABLE. IF MORE THAN DISPLAYS 2 AND 3 ARE
AVAILABLE, THE AIRPLANE MUST NOT BE
DISPATCHED.
Batteries Voltage...................................................... CHECK
CAUTION: EACH BATTERY VOLTAGE MUST BE AT LEAST

22 VOLTS.
GPU Button.............................................................. AS REQUIRED
Emergency Lights Selector Knob............................. ON

− Verify the EMER LT ON and EMER LT NOT ARMED
messages displayed on the EICAS.
Emergency Lights Selector Knob............................. ARMED
Fire Extinguisher Panel............................................ CHECK
APU Selector Knob .................................................. AS REQUIRED

MCDU Electronic CBs ............................................. CHECK
DVDR Panel............................................................. CHECK

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-05

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-05 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
EXTERNAL INSPECTION
Prior to start the external inspection apply the Emergency/Parking
Brake.
Access Doors and Panels ....................................... SECURED
Air Inlets, Outlets and Vents .................................... NO

OBSTRUCTION
Antennas.................................................................. CONDITION
APU.......................................................................... CONDITION
Doors (Passenger, Service and Cargo) .................. CHECK
Drain Masts.............................................................. CONDITION
Engines and Pylons ................................................. CONDITION
External Power Receptacles ................................... CHECK
Flight Controls Surfaces and Fairings ..................... CONDITON
Landing Gears and Brakes...................................... CONDITION
Leading Edges (Wing, Empennages)...................... CONDITION
Lights ....................................................................... CONDITION

Turn the lights OFF immediately after checking them.
Locking Pins (Landing Gear and RAT).................... REMOVED
Magnetic Level Indicators........................................ PUSHED IN, NO

LEAKS
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-07

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Oxygen Discharge Indicator .................................... GREEN DISC
Pressure Relief Valves............................................. CHECK
Pressurization Static Port......................................... NO

OBSTRUCTION
Radome.................................................................... CHECK
Smart Probes/TAT Sensors/Ice Detectors .............. CHECK
Static Dischargers.................................................... NUMBER AND

CONDITION
Thrust Reverser Cowls ............................................ FLUSHED WITH

NACELLE
Wing Water Drain Valves......................................... NO LEAKS
Windshield Wipers ................................................... CHECK
AFM-1868
3-07 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BEFORE START
Airplane Manuals & Documents .............................. ON BOARD
Jump Seat Oxy Masks & Regulators ....................... CHECK
Electrical Panel ........................................................ SET
Cockpit Lights Panel ................................................ AS REQUIRED

Push the annunciators test button and verify all associated
lights.
Engine 1 Fire Handle ............................................... STOWED
Fuel Panel................................................................ SET
Passenger Signs Panel............................................ SET
Fire Extinguisher Panel............................................ CHECK
APU Control Panel................................................... AS REQUIRED
External Lights Panel ............................................... AS REQUIRED
Engine 2 Fire Handle ............................................... STOWED
Hydraulic Panel........................................................ SET
Pressurization Panel ................................................ SET
Ice Protection Panel................................................. SET
Air Conditioning/Pneumatic Panel ........................... SET
Passenger Oxygen Panel ........................................ SET

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-09

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Oxygen Masks & Regulators.................................... CHECK/100%

− Check masks for supply of oxygen and for microphone
functionality.
− The MFD Status page must be checked and the available
oxygen supply and pressure must be adequate for use.
Glareshield Lights Control Panel.............................. AS REQUIRED
Display Control Panel............................................... SET
Speed Selector Knob ............................................... MAN
Reversionary Panel .................................................. SET
Flight Instruments..................................................... SET/XCHECKED

Status Page.............................................................. CHECK
Verify Oil quantity and Hydraulic Brake Accumulator.
Gnd Prox Terr Inhib Button ...................................... CHECK
EICAS ...................................................................... CHECK
Clock ........................................................................ SET
ELT........................................................................... ARMED
Gnd Prox G/S Inhib Button....................................... CHECK
LG Wrn Inhib Button ................................................ CHECK
Flight Control Panel.................................................. CHECK
Shaker 1 and 2 Cutout Buttons ................................ CHECK

Verify the shaker 1 and 2 cutout buttons pushed out and no
striped white bar illuminated.
Ignition Selectors...................................................... AUTO
EICAS Full................................................................ CHECK

AFM-1868
3-09 ANAC APPROVED

1
AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Speedbrake Lever ................................................... CLOSED
Thrust Levers........................................................... IDLE
Gnd Prox Flap Ovrd................................................. CHECK
Audio Control Panel ................................................. AS REQUIRED
Trims........................................................................ CHECK/SET
Flight Controls Disconnect Handles......................... CHECK
Alternate Gear
Extension Compartment .......................................... CHECK
MCDU ...................................................................... SET

Insert route in the FMS according to the flight plan.
--------------------------SHORTLY BEFORE STARTUP-------------------------
Fuel Quantity............................................................ CHECK
MCDU ...................................................................... SET

− Select the TAKEOFF DATA SET MENU page on the MCDU.
Check if the performance data is consistent with the airplane
configuration and set the data below:
− Thrust Rate Mode (TO-1, TO-2 or TO-3).
− Takeoff Temperature (__ºC).
− ATTCS (ON or OFF).
− REF ECS (ON or OFF).
− REF A/I (OFF, ENG or ALL).
− FLEX T/O (ON or OFF).
− FLEX TEMP (__ºC).
− Select the TAKEOFF page on the MCDU. Set or verify airplane

configuration, performance data and takeoff speeds.
− Select the LANDING page on the MCDU and set the landing
speeds for the takeoff weight.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-09

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Speed Selector Knob ............................................... SET
TOGA Button............................................................ PRESS
Doors and Windows................................................. CLOSED
Pitch Trim ................................................................. SET
Takeoff Briefing........................................................ COMPLETED
Red Beacon ............................................................. ON
Hydraulic Pump Sys 3A............................................ ON
Ground Equipment ................................................... AS REQUIRED
Emergency/Parking Brake ....................................... AS REQUIRED
Steering Disengage Switch ...................................... PRESS
AFM-1868
3-09 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE START
Associated Start Stop Selector ..................................... START, then

RUN
Engine Parameters ....................................................... MONITOR
Repeat the sequence for the other engine.
ABNORMAL ENGINE START INDICATIONS

Although FADEC provides automatic overtemperature protection and
will automatically abort the start in the event of a hot start, hot restart or
hung start, the engine start must be manually aborted when:
− No positive oil pressure indication within 10 seconds after N2

speed starts to increase.
− No ITT indication 15 seconds after fuel is reapplied.
− ITT exceeds start limit (hot start).
− If oil pressure stabilizes below the engine limits.
− N1 and/or N2 failing to accelerate to stable idle speed (hung
start).
− An intermittent electrical pneumatic or starter malfunction
occurs before the starter disengagement.
NOTE: - In case an automatic abort occurs or engine start is manually
aborted due to abnormal engine indications, its cause must
be investigated and corrected before further attempts to start.
- For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-73-0016 or equipped with
Engine FADEC 5.50 or later versions, two additional engine
starts are allowed in case of automatic abort due to engine
hot start.
- If both the following conditions occur, one additional engine
start is allowed:
- Engine start is manually aborted due to no ITT indication
15 seconds after fuel is reapplied, and
- "ENG 1(2) NO DISPATCH" or "ENG 1(2) SHORT
DISPATCH" EICAS messages are not displayed.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-11

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-11 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFTER START
APU ......................................................................... AS REQUIRED
Ground Equipment................................................... REMOVED
Autobrake (If Applicable) ......................................... RTO
N1 Target................................................................. CHECK
Slat/Flap................................................................... SET_
Flight Controls.......................................................... CHECK
NOTE: - The flight controls check must be performed with the flight
controls synoptic page displayed.
- Flight control full travel indication on the flight controls
synoptic page is not required when full control deflection is
reached.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-13

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-13 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Take Off Configuration ............................................ CHECK
Brake Temperature.................................................. CHECK
NOTE: Brake temperature indication must be in the green range for

takeoff.
EICAS ...................................................................... CHECK
Check:
− No Warning and Caution EICAS messages displayed.
− Thrust Rate Mode (TO-1, TO-2 or TO-3).
− ATTCS (if selected).
− FLEX TEMP (__ºC).
--------------------------SHORTLY BEFORE TAKEOFF-------------------------
Cabin Crew (if applicable) ....................................... ADVISE
Transponder ............................................................ TA/RA
Lights ....................................................................... ON
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-15

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-15 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF
Thrust Levers........................................................... TOGA
Engine Parameters .................................................. MONITOR
NOTE: During takeoff roll, after checking thrust levers to TOGA, check
N1 equal to N1 target and green ATTCS indication presented
on EICAS if ATTCS ON is selected in MCDU.
At VR rotate the airplane according to the flight director pitch angle.
In case of flight director is inoperative rotate the airplane according to

the following schedule:
− For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0009:
FLAPS POSITION 1 2 3 4
TAKEOFF EMBRAER 190 11° 11° 9° 12°

PITCH
ANGLE EMBRAER 195 11° 11° 9° 11°
− For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0009 or equipped with an

equivalent modification factory incorporated, rotate the airplane
according to the takeoff pitch angle displayed on TAKEOFF
page 3/3 on the MCDU.
With positive rate of climb:
Landing Gear ...................................................... UP
Minimum Airspeed.............................................. V2 + 10
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-16

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFTER TAKEOFF
Air Conditioning & Press.......................................... CHECK
APU.......................................................................... AS REQUIRED
Slat/Flap................................................................... UP
Select slat/flap to up following the ideal flap selection speed
reference (F) indication.
Altimeters................................................................. SET & X-CHECK

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-17

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-17 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DESCENT
Approach Briefing .................................................... COMPLETE
Landing Data............................................................ SET

Select the LANDING page on the MCDU and set VREF, VAP, VAC
and VFS.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-19

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-19 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPROACH
Passenger Signs Panel ............................................SET
Altimeters .................................................................SET & X-CHECK
Autobrake (If Applicable) ..........................................AS REQUIRED
Approach Aids ..........................................................SET & X-CHECK

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-21

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-21 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BEFORE LANDING
Landing Gear ........................................................... DOWN
Slat/Flap................................................................... SET_
Lights ....................................................................... AS REQUIRED

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-23

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-23 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GO-AROUND
Go Around button .................................................... PRESS
Thrust Levers........................................................... TOGA
Rotate or verify that autopilot rotates the airplane following the flight
director guidance.
NOTE: In case of flight director is inoperative, rotate the airplane to 8º
nose up.
Select flaps according to the table below:

Landing Slat/Flap Go Around Slat/Flap
FULL 4
5 2
With positive climb:
Landing Gear........................................................... UP
Minimum Airspeed................................................... VREF + 20
At the acceleration altitude proceed as in a normal takeoff.

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-25

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-25 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFTER LANDING
NOTE: Upon landing, thrust reversers should be set to MIN REV at 60
KIAS and be closed at 30 KIAS. During RTO the thrust
reversers can be used at maximum reverse thrust until the
airplane comes to a complete stop.
Slat/Flap................................................................... 0
APU.......................................................................... AS REQUIRED
External Lights ......................................................... AS REQUIRED
Transponder ............................................................ STANDBY

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-27

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-27 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
SHUTDOWN
Thrust Levers ....................................................... IDLE
Emergency/Parking Brake..................................... SET
Electrical ............................................................. ON GPU/APU
Start/Stop Selectors ............................................. STOP
Electric Hydraulic Pump 3A................................... OFF
Red Beacon......................................................... OFF
Fasten Belts ........................................................ OFF

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-29

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-29 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LEAVING THE AIRPLANE

Passenger Signs Panel ........................................... OFF
Set the Emergency Lights and all switches to OFF.
Electrical .................................................................. OFF GPU/APU
Batteries 1 & 2 ......................................................... OFF

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-31

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-31 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BUFFET ONSET ENVELOPE
The Buffet Onset data are provided by the CAFM presented in the
Supplement 1.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-33

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-33 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENHANCED/GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING

When an EGPWS alert occurs, use the flight controls and thrust as
necessary to correct the airplane attitude, flight path and configuration,
according to the voice message presented, to provide terrain
clearance.
WARNING: IF A TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING OCCURS,

IMMEDIATELY INITIATE AND CONTINUE A CLIMB
THAT WILL PROVIDE MAXIMUM TERRAIN
CLEARANCE UNTIL ALL ALERTS CEASE. ONLY
VERTICAL MANOEUVRES ARE RECOMMENDED,
UNLESS OPERATING IN VISUAL
METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS (VMC), AND/OR
THE PILOT DETERMINES, BASED ON AVAILABLE
INFORMATION, THAT TURNING IN ADDITION TO
THE VERTICAL ESCAPE MANOEUVRE IS A SAFER
COURSE OF ACTION.
CAUTION: • FOR EGPWS, THE TERRAIN DISPLAY IS INTENDED

TO BE USED AS A SITUATIONAL AWARENESS
TOOL ONLY AND MAY NOT PROVIDE THE
ACCURACY AND/OR FIDELITY ON WHICH TO
SOLELY BASE TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
MANEUVERING DECISIONS.
• WHEN A TERRAIN AWARENESS CAUTION
OCCURS, VERIFY THE AEROPLANE FLIGHT PATH
AND CORRECT IT IF REQUIRED. IF IN DOUBT,
PERFORM A CLIMB UNTIL THE CAUTION ALERT
CEASES.
NOTE: The EGPWS aural alerts "TERRAIN, TERRAIN" and

"OBSTACLE, OBSTACLE" would be delayed or suppressed in
case the "LANDING GEAR" aural alert is active and the aural
alert "PULL UP, PULL UP…" would be heard after the landing
gear aural alert.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-35

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-35 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
WINDSHEAR PREVENTION/RECOVERY
φThrust Levers .............................................................. MAX
φGo Around Button ....................................................... PRESS
Rotate the airplane smoothly following the Flight Director on EADI to
minimize altitude loss. Pitch attitude may be well above normal angles.
Maintain airplane configuration. Do not change gear and flap position
until terrain clearance is assured.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-37

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
3-37 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TRAFFIC AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE

The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using Traffic Advisory
information (TA) only, without visually sighting conflicting traffic.
The traffic display and advisories are intended for assistance in
visually locating the indicated conflicting traffic.
Maneuvers that are in the opposite direction of the Resolution
Advisory (RA) are extremely hazardous, especially RAs involving
altitude crossing, and thus are prohibited unless it is visually
determined to be the only means to assure safe separation.
WARNING: IT IS POSSIBLE IN SOME CASES TO HAVE

INSUFFICIENT AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE TO
FOLLOW THE TCAS COMMAND WITHOUT FLYING
INTO STALL WARNING OR BUFFET. CONDITIONS
WHERE THIS MAY OCCUR INCLUDE:
• BANK ANGLE IN EXCESS OF 15 DEGREES.
• OPERATIONS AT AIRPORTS ABOVE 5300 FT MSL
OR TEMPERATURES GREATER THAN ISA + 28°C
(50°F).
• ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
• FAILURE TO CONFIGURE THE ARPLANE TO GO-
AROUND FOLLOWING A CLIMB RA IN LANDING
CONFIGURATION.
• FAILURE TO ADVANCE THRUST TO MAX
CONTINUOUS THRUST FOLLOWING A CLIMB RA
AT REDUCED THRUST.
• SPEEDS LESS THAN NORMAL OPERATING
SPEED.
• ABNORMAL CONFIGURATIONS WHICH REDUCE
PERFORMANCE (E.G. GEAR DOWN).
• TCAS COMMAND REVERSAL TO A "CLIMB-CLIMB
NOW".
• BUFFET MARGIN LESS THAN 0.3 G.
WARNING: IF STALL WARNING OCCURS DURING AN RA
MANEUVER, IMMEDIATELY ABANDON THE RA AND
EXECUTE STALL RECOVERY PROCEDURES. TCAS
II WILL CONTINUE TO PROVIDE RAs DURING STALL
WARNING AND RECOVERY PROCEDURE.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-39

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
WARNING: IF HIGH SPEED BUFFET IS ENCOUNTERED WHEN

INITIALLY RESPONDING TO AN RA, RELAX PITCH
FORCE AS NECESSARY TO REDUCE BUFFET, BUT
STILL CONTINUE TO MANEUVER.
NOTE: - The consequences of not following an RA may result in
additional RA's in which aural alert and visual annunciations
may not agree with each other.
- Using every available means, clear the airspace into which
you are going to maneuver. If needed, promptly and
smoothly adjust the airplane’s pitch to fly into the green
rectangle (if displayed), and fly out of the red trapezoidal
shaped avoidance zone(s). This should require no more than
0.75 g to 1.25 g maneuver (± 0.25 g).
- Exaggerated responses to TCAS RAs are not desirable or
appropriate because of the other potential traffic conflicts
and ATC consequences. From level flight, proper response
to a TCAS RA typically results in an overall altitude deviation
of 300 to 500 ft to resolve a traffic conflict.
- If a CLIMB RA is issued with the airplane in the landing
configuration, a normal go-around should be initiated
including the appropriate thrust increase and configuration
change.
- Compliance with TCAS RA is required unless the pilot
considers it unsafe to do so.
- The pilot should promptly return to the previous ATC
clearance after the TCAS voice message "Clear of Conflict"
is announced.
- An immediate smooth response to a RA is required to obtain
maximum separations. TCAS II algorithms are based on the
pilot initiating the initial maneuver within 5 seconds of the RA
and within 2 1/2 seconds for additional corrective RAs
(increases or reversals). Any delay in responding to RAs will
reduce the separations provided.
AFM-1868
3-39 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TRANSPONDER
In compliance with Airworthiness Directive 2006-19-04, during all flight
phases, after completion of any 4096 ATC Code change (also referred
to as Mode A Code), check the status of the transponder. If the
transponder indicates that it is in standby mode, re-select the desired
mode (i.e., the transponder should be in the active mode).
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-40

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
3-40 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS

The procedures below complement or change the remaining
procedures presented in this Section. For emergency and abnormal
procedures related to operation in icing conditions, refer to Section 4.
NOTE: - Icing conditions may exist whenever the Outside Air
Temperature (OAT) on the ground or for takeoff, or Total Air
Temperature (TAT) in flight, is 10ºC or below and visible
moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of one mile or less, rain, snow, sleet, and ice
crystals).
- Icing conditions may also exist when the SAT on the ground
and for takeoff is 10ºC or below when operating on ramps,
taxiways, or runways where surface snow, ice, standing
water, or slush may be ingested by the engines, or freeze on
engines, nacelles, or engine sensor probes.
CAUTION: EVEN SMALL ACCUMULATIONS OF ICE ON THE
WING LEADING EDGE MAY CHANGE THE STALL
CHARACTERISTICS OR THE STALL PROTECTION
SYSTEM WARNING MARGIN.
BEFORE START
TO DATASET MENU..................................................ENG or ALL,
AS REQUIRED
- The TO DATASET MENU on the MCDU must be set to ALL
when SAT is below 5ºC and:
- if there is any possibility of encountering visible
moisture up to 1700 ft AFE, or
surface snow, ice, standing water, or slush may be
ingested by the engines, or freeze on engines, nacelles,
or engine sensor probes.
- The TO DATASET MENU on the MCDU must be set to ENG
when SAT is between 5ºC and 10ºC and:
- if there is any possibility of encountering visible
moisture up to 1700 ft AFE, or
surface snow, ice, standing water, or slush may be
ingested by the engines, or freeze on engines, nacelles,
or engine sensor probes.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 3-41

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES FLIGHT
MANUAL
HOLDING
Landing Gear............................................................ UP
Flaps ....................................................................... UP
Minimum Airspeed .................................................... 210 KIAS
AFM-1868
3-41 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE NORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TURBULENT AIR PENETRATION

Adjust airspeed and disconnect the autothrottle. Set thrust for
penetration and avoid large thrust variations. Set trim for target speed
and do not change it.
Use attitude indicator as the primary instrument. Allow altitude and
airspeed to vary and maintain attitude. Avoid abrupt and large control
inputs.
NOTE: Do not extend flaps except for approach and landing.

The maximum recommended turbulence air penetration speed can be
obtained from the following chart.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 3-45

NORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED TURBULENT AIR

PENETRATION SPEED
45000
40000
MRA = 0.76
35000
30000
ALTITUDE − ft
25000
20000
VRA
15000
10000
EM170AOM030011A.DGN
5000
0
190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290
AIRSPEED − KIAS
AFM-1868
3-45 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY &
ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
SECTION 4
EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction .........................................................................4-00 ........ 03
Non-annunciated procedures .............................................4-01 ........ 01

Emergency Procedures.................................................4-01 ........ 03
Abnormal Procedures....................................................4-01 ........ 13
Airplane General (Doors/Lighting/Cargo Compartment) ....4-02 ........ 01
AMS (Pneumatics/Air Conditioning/Pressurization) ...........4-04 ........ 01
Autoflight.............................................................................4-06 ........ 01
Auxiliary Power Unit............................................................4-08 ........ 01
Electrical .............................................................................4-10 ........ 01
Engine.................................................................................4-12 ........ 01
Fire Protection ....................................................................4-14 ........ 01
Flight Controls.....................................................................4-16 ........ 01
FMS/Nav/Com & Flight Instruments ...................................4-18 ........ 01
Fuel .....................................................................................4-20 ........ 01
Hydraulics ...........................................................................4-22 ........ 01
Ice & Rain Protection ..........................................................4-24 ........ 01

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-00

EMERGENCY & AIRPLANE
ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Block Page
Landing Gear & Brakes...................................................... 4-26.........01
Oxygen............................................................................... 4-28.........01
Smoke Procedures ............................................................ 4-30.........01
AFM-1868
4-00 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
The emergency and abnormal procedures contained in this manual
have been developed by the airplane manufacturer and approved by
the Certification Authority for use in the operation of this airplane.
This section provides the emergency and abnormal procedures to be
performed in case of a system malfunction or failure, in order to
protect passengers and/or crew from serious harm and to maintain the
airworthiness of the airplane.
The Emergency/Abnormal Procedures, in this section, are ordered in
alphabetical sequence and divided into three blocks:
− Non-Annunciated Procedures: procedures, which are not
related to an EICAS message but rather to a condition
presented in the airplane.
− Annunciated Procedures: procedures related to an EICAS
message. These procedures are grouped by system and titled
with the correspondent EICAS message wording.
− Smoke Procedures: contain all annunciated and non-
annunciated smoke related procedures.
The actions identified with φ are recall items. They must be performed
expeditiously and from memory. The other actions should be
performed as soon as the condition permits.
Some procedures require to LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE
AIRPORT. This statement may be presented below the associated
emergency/abnormal characterization or at the beginning of a task
that requires so. When the crew determines that significant threat to
safety is present, they should always accomplish the earliest possible
descent and land at the nearest suitable airport regardless of having
this statement present in the procedure.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-00

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
The procedures contained herein assume that:
− Airplane systems are operating normally prior to the failure.

− All emergency/abnormal checklists are performed in the order
they are presented in the procedure.
− Normal procedures have been properly accomplished.
− System controls are in normal condition prior to initiation of the
associated procedure.
− Aural warnings are silenced as applicable. Master Warning/
Caution lights are reset as soon as the failure is recognized.
− Circuit breakers must not be reset.
AFM-1868
4-00 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
NON-ANNUNCIATED PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
CARGO COMPARTMENT FIRE ........................................4-01 ........ 03

DITCHING ..........................................................................4-01 ........ 03
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE ...................................................4-01 ........ 04
EMERGENCY DESCENT...................................................4-01 ........ 05
EMERGENCY EVACUATION ............................................4-01 ........ 05
ENGINE ABNORMAL START ............................................4-01 ........ 06
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE
OR SEPARATION .........................................................4-01 ........ 06
FORCED LANDING ............................................................4-01 ........ 07
FUEL LEAK.........................................................................4-01 ........ 07
JAMMED CONTROL COLUMN (PITCH)
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) ...........................................4-01 ........ 08
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) ...........................................4-01 ...... 08A
JAMMED CONTROL WHEEL (ROLL)
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) ...........................................4-01 ...... 08B
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) ...........................................4-01 ........ 09
JAMMED RUDDER PEDALS .............................................4-01 ........ 10
PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY....................................................4-01 ........ 11
REJECTED TAKEOFF .......................................................4-01 ........ 11
ROLL (YAW) TRIM RUNAWAY .........................................4-01 ........ 12
STEERING RUNAWAY ......................................................4-01 ........ 12
TAKEOFF WITH ENGINE FAILURE AT OR ABOVE V1 ...4-01 ...... 12A
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ABNORMAL LANDING GEAR EXTENSION......................4-01 ........ 13

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Block Page
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
APU EGT AMBER INDICATION ........................................ 4-01......... 13

BLANK DISPLAY UNIT
WITHOUT AUTOMATIC REVERSION ........................ 4-01......... 13
ENGINE ABNORMAL VIBRATION .................................... 4-01......... 13
ENGINE AIRSTART........................................................... 4-01......... 14
ENGINE AIRSTART ENVELOPE ...................................... 4-01......... 15
ENGINE ITT OVERTEMPERATURE ................................ 4-01......... 16
ENGINE SHUTDOWN ....................................................... 4-01......... 16
GEAR LEVER CAN NOT BE MOVED UP ......................... 4-01......... 16
IMPAIRED OR CRACKED WINDSHIELD ......................... 4-01......... 17
LOSS OF AUXILIARY POWER UNIT INDICATIONS ....... 4-01......... 17
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 ................................... 4-01......... 18
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 AND 2
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01......... 20
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01...... 20A
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01...... 20B
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01......... 21
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01......... 22
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) ........................................... 4-01...... 22A
LOSS OF PRESSURIZATION INDICATION ..................... 4-01......... 23
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE APPROACH
AND LANDING ............................................................. 4-01......... 24
OXYGEN LEAKAGE .......................................................... 4-01......... 24
PARTIAL OR GEAR UP LANDING.................................... 4-01......... 24
STRUCTURAL DAMAGE .................................................. 4-01......... 25
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CARGO COMPARTMENT FIRE

LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Push the associated cargo fire-extinguishing button.
After CRG AFT (FWD) FIREX HI ARM message is displayed and the
associated cargo fire-extinguishing button is illuminated, push again
the associated cargo fire-extinguishing button.
DITCHING
For descent, notify the cabin crew and ATC, set transponder to 7700,
pull the aural warning CBs (C7 and C31) and set no smoking/fasten
belts signs and ELT to on. Set the landing data.
At 10000 ft AGL, push the pressurization dump button. When the
differential pressure is 0.2 psid or below, slow to below 160 KIAS and
open the direct vision window. If required extend flap/slat as necessary
to maintain the airspeed below 160 KIAS. Set pressurization mode to
manual and hold the cabin alt controller down for 50 seconds.
For ditching configuration, set landing gear up, set slat/flap to the
maximum available deflection and push the APU emergency stop
button in.
Just before water contact, announce to the cabin.
After ditching, set thrust levers to idle, set the start/stop selectors to
stop, pull the fire-extinguishing handles, announce emergency
evacuation and set batteries to off.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE

Airspeed ...................................................................... MIN 265 KIAS
RAT Manual Deploy Lever .......................................... PULL
Start the APU, set the emergency lights to off and the thrust levers to
idle.
If both engines were restarted via autorelight, reset (push in, then push
out) the flight controls mode buttons (spoilers, elevators and rudder).
For landing configuration, arm the emergency lights, push in the
ground proximity flap override button, set slat/flap to 3 and set
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.
CAUTION: FOR THE EMBRAER 190, MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE BY 1.35.
FOR THE EMBRAER 195, MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS
If one or no engine were restarted via autorelight, check the airstart
envelope, set the fuel crossfeed selector knob to low 1 and, for the
inoperative engine(s), set the start/stop selector(s) to stop, the
ignition(s) to override and then, the start/stop selector(s) to start, then
run.
If the dual engine failure condition persists, for landing
configuration, arm the emergency lights, set slat/flap to 3 and set
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher) and
accomplish the Forced Landing or Ditching Procedure.
If the dual engine failure condition does not persist, reset (push in,
then push out) the flight controls mode buttons (spoilers, elevators
and rudder) and, after the engine(s) stabilized at idle, set ignition(s)
to auto and balance fuel. During descent, set the landing data, the
approach aids and the altimeters. For landing configuration, arm the
emergency lights, push in the ground proximity flap override button,
set landing gear down, set slat/flap to 3 and set VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE BY 2.30.
If a go around is required, maintain slat/flap to 3 and
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS until the acceleration altitude is reached.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
EMERGENCY DESCENT
Fasten Belts Signs ...................................................... ON
Altitude ........................................................................ 10000 ft or MEA
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
Thrust Levers .............................................................. IDLE
SpeedBrake Lever ...................................................... FULL OPEN
Airspeed ...................................................................... MAX/

APPROPRIATE
Transponder................................................................ 7700
ATC ............................................................................. NOTIFY
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
Emergency/Parking Brake .......................................... ON
Slat/Flap Lever ............................................................ 5
Start/Stop Selectors .................................................... STOP
Fire Extinguishing Handles ......................................... PULL and
ROTATE
(1-L and 2-R)
APU Emergency Stop Button ...................................... PUSH IN
APU Fire Extinguishing Button .................................... PUSH
Pressurization Dump Button ....................................... PUSH
ATC ............................................................................. NOTIFY
Emergency Evacuation ............................................... ANNOUNCE
Batteries ...................................................................... OFF
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE ABNORMAL START

Start/Stop Selector (affected engine) .......................... STOP
Refer to Engine Air Start Envelope.
If an engine dry motoring is considered, set the affected engine ignition
to off and the start/stop selector to start, then run. After appropriate
parameters attained, set the start/stop selector to stop and ignition to
auto.
If applicable, accomplish the One Engine Inoperative Approach and
Landing Procedure.
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE OR

SEPARATION
Autothrottle .................................................................. DISENGAGE
Thrust Lever (affected engine) .................................... IDLE
Start/Stop Selector (affected engine) .......................... STOP
Fire Extinguishing Handle (affected engine) ............... PULL
Rotate the fire-extinguishing handle (to left or right).
Wait 30 seconds. If fire persists, rotate the fire-extinguishing handle to
the remaining bottle.
If high vibration occurs, reduce the airspeed. If vibration persists, chase
the better airspeed to reduce the vibration. Airspeeds below VA are
recommended.
If affected side Fuel Indication is lost, assume fuel is leaking from the
affected side.
Use the APU, the autothrottle and fuel crossfeed as required.
When appropriate, accomplish the One Engine Inoperative Approach
and Landing Procedure.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FORCED LANDING
For descent, notify the cabin crew and ATC, set transponder to 7700,
pull the aural warning CBs (C7 and C31) and set no smoking/fasten
belts signs and ELT to on and set the landing data.
At 10000 ft push the pressurization dump button. During approach, set
the altimeters.
For landing configuration, set landing gear lever to down, set slat/flap
to the maximum available deflection and push in the APU emergency
stop button.
NOTE: If engines are not running maintain minimum speed of
130 KIAS and alternate gear extension may be required.
Just before touchdown, announce to the cabin.

After landing, set thrust levers to idle, start/stop selectors to stop, pull
and rotate the fire-extinguishing handles, announce emergency
evacuation and set batteries to off.
FUEL LEAK
Set the fuel crossfeed selector to off and identify the affected fuel tank.
Use asymmetric thrust to improve or maintain wing fuel balance to
counteract the effect of the suspected wing fuel leak.
If fuel leak is identified on the right side tank, set APU to off.
If fuel leak is identified on the left side tank, use APU as required.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

(EMBRAER 190 MODELS)
Elevator Disconnection Handle ................................... PULL
Identify the unrestricted control column.
If the failure occurs above 175 KIAS, the current airspeed is the
maximum speed for the remainder of the flight.
If the failure occurs below 175 KIAS, the maximum speed for the
remainder of the flight is 175 KIAS.
NOTE: Expect lower pitch rates and authority.
Accomplish the AOA Limit Failure Procedure. For landing configuration
set slat/flap to 5 and set VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED LANDING
DISTANCE BY 1.29.
If a go around is required, maintain VREF FULL + 15 KIAS (limited to

175 KIAS) until the acceleration altitude is reached.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Elevator Disconnection Handle ................................... PULL
NOTE: Expect lower pitch rates and authority.
Accomplish the AOA Limit Failure Procedure. For landing configuration

set slat/flap to 5 and set VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.

DISTANCE BY 1.42.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

REVISION 12 code 01 Page 8A
EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Aileron Disconnection Handle ..................................... PULL
NOTE: - Expect lower roll rates.

- Avoid abrupt and large aileron inputs.
- Maintain bank angle below 25°.
- Rudder may be used to help controlling the airplane.
- Do not accomplish the Spoiler Fault Procedure.
For landing configuration set slat/flap to 5 and set VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.
CAUTION: • DURING LANDING, A CROSSWIND COMPONENT
GREATER THAN 10 KT MUST BE AVOIDED.
• MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED LANDING
DISTANCE BY 1.29.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

Page 8B code 01 REVISION 12
AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Aileron Disconnection Handle ..................................... PULL
NOTE: - Expect lower roll rates.

- Avoid abrupt and large aileron inputs.
- Maintain bank angle below 25°.
- Rudder may be used to help controlling the airplane.
CAUTION: • DURING LANDING, A CROSSWIND COMPONENT

DISTANCE BY 1.42.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
JAMMED RUDDER PEDALS

NOTE: Use asymmetric thrust for directional control.
For landing configuration set slat/flap to full and set VREF FULL.
CAUTION: DURING LANDING, A CROSSWIND COMPONENT

Before landing, the pilot not flying must press and hold the steering
disconnect switch. Use asymmetric thrust until nosewheel touchdown.
After nosewheel touchdown, press and hold the nosewheel steering
handle, release the steering disconnect switch, reduce the thrust levers
and use differential braking as required.
CAUTION: DO NOT RELEASE THE NOSEWHEEL STEERING

HANDLE UNTIL THE AIRPLANE IS COMPLETELY
STOPPED.
If a go around is required, proceed as a normal go around limiting the

airspeed to 175 KIAS.
NOTE: As asymmetric thrust may be required to help controlling the
airplane, maximum thrust on both engines may not be
possible.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY

A/P Disc Button ........................................................... PRESS AND
HOLD
Pitch Trim Systems 1 and 2
Cutout Button ........................................................... PUSH IN
Release the A/P Disc button.
WARNING: DO NOT OPEN THE SPEEDBRAKE.
Push the pitch trim system 1 cutout button out and actuate the pitch
trim switch.
If pitch trim is normal, continue the flight using pitch trim system 1 only.
If pitch trim is abnormal, push pitch trim system 1 cutout button in and
push pitch trim system 2 cutout button out. Continue the flight using
pitch trim system 2 only.
REJECTED TAKEOFF
Reverse Thrust ........................................................... AS REQUIRED
Brake Pedals (If Autobrake is not Armed) .................. MAXIMUM
APPLY
NOTE: During RTO the thrust reversers can be used until the airplane
comes to a complete stop.
When airplane has stopped:
Emerg/Parking Brake .............................................. ON
If applicable:
EMERGENCY EVACUATION Procedure................ ACCOMPLISH
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ROLL (YAW) TRIM RUNAWAY

A/P Disc Button ........................................................... PRESS AND
HOLD
Do not engage the autopilot.
Prepare to overcome unexpected roll or yaw and release A/P disc
button.
If the roll (yaw) trim does not return to normal, press and hold the A/P
disc button, turn the roll (yaw) trim power electronic CB off (select on
the MCDU: CB → CB MENU → CB BY SYSTEM → NEXT → FLT
CTRL → ROLL TRIM PWR or YAW TRIM PWR) and release the A/P
disc button.
STEERING RUNAWAY
Steer Disc Switch ........................................................ PRESS
Steer the airplane using differential braking and rudder.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF WITH ENGINE FAILURE AT OR

ABOVE V1
At VR rotate the airplane according to the flight director pitch angle.
In case of flight director is inoperative rotate the airplane according
the following schedule:
 For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0009:
TAKEOFF EMBRAER 190 11 11 9 12

PITCH
ANGLE EMBRAER 195 11 11 9 11
 For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0009 or equipped with an

equivalent modification factory incorporated, rotate the airplane
according to the takeoff pitch angle displayed on TAKEOFF
page 3/3 on the MCDU.
With positive climb:
Landing Gear ......................................................... UP
Airspeed ................................................................. MIN V2
Maintain V2 minimum up to the acceleration altitude. At the
acceleration altitude, select slat/flaps up according to the flap retraction
speed reference (F) indication.
Accelerate the airplane to the final segment speed (VFS) and set the
engine thrust rate to continuous.
After retracting flaps, accomplish the ENGINE 1 (2) FAILURE
Procedure.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABNORMAL LANDING GEAR EXTENSION

Move landing gear lever to down and select the electrical override
switch to gear down.
If landing gear indications are not confirmed down, pull the alternate
gear extension lever. Check landing gear indications. If landing gear
indications are still not confirmed down, accomplish the Partial or Gear
Up Landing Procedure.
APU EGT AMBER INDICATION

Shut the APU down if it is not essential for the flight.
BLANK DISPLAY UNIT WITHOUT AUTOMATIC

REVERSION
Select the affected side reversionary panel display selector to PFD or
EICAS, as required.
ENGINE ABNORMAL VIBRATION

The engine vibration indication on EICAS displayed in amber.
Disengage the autothrottle.
If engine vibration is due to ice accumulation, reduce the associated
thrust lever to idle and then advance to 70% N1 minimum. Wait
30 seconds and operate the thrust lever as required.
If engine vibration is not due to ice accumulation, reduce N1 to achieve
green range vibration, then advance to desired N1.
If vibration does not return to normal range, reduce the associated
thrust lever in order to keep vibration within normal range.
If unable to keep vibration within limits and engine parameters
become abnormal or exceed operating limits, consider an engine
shutdown.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE AIRSTART
Disengage the autothrottle and check the airstart envelope.
If an engine assisted airstart is considered, set the operative engine N2
to 80% minimum, set the inoperative engine ignition to override and the
start/stop selector to start, then run. If the engine was restarted, set the
ignition to auto after engine stabilizes at idle. If the engine was not
restarted, set its start/stop selector to stop, the ignition to auto, balance
the fuel and accomplish the One Engine Inoperative Approach and
Landing Procedure.
If an engine windmilling airstart is considered turn the crossbleed off. If
engine 1 is the inoperative engine, turn the APU bleed off. For the
inoperative engine, set N2 to 7.2% minimum, ignition to override and
the start/stop selector knob to start, then run. If the engine was
restarted, set the ignition to auto and push the crossbleed button in,
after engine stabilizes at idle. If the engine was not restarted, push the
crossbleed button in, set its start/stop selector knob to stop, set its
ignition to auto, balance the fuel and accomplish the One Engine
Inoperative Approach and Landing Procedure.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE AIRSTART ENVELOPE
30000
REGION 1- REQUIRED MAXIMUM ITT FOR START IS 90° C.

REGION 2 - REQUIRED MINIMUM ITT FOR START IS 50° C.
25000
2
265 320
21000
20000
ALTITUDE - FT
17500
125
15000
195
1 ASSISTED or
WINDMILLING
START
10000
8000
ASSISTED START
ONLY
5000
190CTA12 - 05APR05
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
INDICATED AIRSPEED - KIAS

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE ITT OVERTEMPERATURE

The ITT pointer and digits will be flashing in red.
Disengage the autothrottle and reduce the affected engine thrust lever
in order to keep ITT within limits.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
For the affected engine, reduce the thrust lever to idle and the
start/stop selector to stop. Start the APU, verify associated fuel pump
in AUTO and balance the fuel.
GEAR LEVER CAN NOT BE MOVED UP

If LG WOW SYS FAIL EICAS message is displayed, maintain landing
gear lever at down position and accomplish the Landing Gear
Weight-On-Wheels System Failure Procedure. If a go around is
required, maintain landing gear down.
NOTE: The downlock override button may be pressed to move the
landing gear lever up if climb performance is required to clear
obstacles.
If LG WOW SYS FAIL EICAS message is not displayed, press the
downlock override button and move the landing gear lever up. If a go
around is required, press the downlock override button and move the
landing gear lever up.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
IMPAIRED OR CRACKED WINDSHIELD

Turn off the affected windshield heating and close the cockpit door.
If only the outer layer is cracked, continue the flight.
NOTE: There is a windshield heating wire between the middle and
outer layers that can be used as a reference to determine
which layer is cracked. If the wire can be seen without a gap
the crack is in the outer layer, and if there is a wire
discontinuity, the crack may be located on the middle and/or
inner layers.
If the inner or/and middle layer is cracked, limit airspeed to 220 KIAS
maximum and limit altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher).
During descent, select pressurization to manual mode and increase
cabin altitude. While descending, maintain cabin altitude at 10000 ft. At
or below 10000 ft, turn both packs off and check forward visibility. If
only one side is not impaired, the pilot flying must be on the non-
impaired side. If both sides are impaired, limit airspeed to 140 KIAS
maximum and open the direct vision window.
CAUTION: ACCOMPLISH THE DESCENT IN A MAXIMUM OF

15 MINUTES.
LOSS OF AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

INDICATIONS
If the APU RPM or APU EGT indication on EICAS is displayed in
amber dashes and APU is not essential for the flight, press the APU
emergency stop button, set the APU master selector to OFF and do
not restart the APU.
If the APU RPM or APU EGT indication on EICAS is displayed in

amber dashes and APU is essential for the flight, monitor APU fault
messages. If any APU fault message is displayed on EICAS, press the
APU emergency stop button, set the APU master selector to OFF and
do not restart the APU.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1

Disengage the autopilot.
NOTE: - Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT procedure.
- Do not command engine 1 reverser.
Plan a long final approach.

For landing configuration, set slat/flap to full and set VREF FULL.

AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

- Do not command the engine 2 reverser.

For landing configuration, set the landing gear lever to down, pull the
alternate gear extension lever, set slat/flap to full and set VREF FULL .

If a go around is required, maintain landing gear down.

Relevant Inoperative Items:
 Outboard Aileron Actuators.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

NOTE: - Expect lower roll and pitch rates.

- Do not accomplish the Elevator Fault and the Spoiler Fault
Procedures.
- Apply the Emergency/Parking Brake to stop the airplane
monitoring the Emergency/Parking Brake light.
- Braking action starts after Emerg/Prkg Brake light
illumination. Apply the brake carefully since antiskid
protection is not available.

For landing configuration set landing gear down, pull the alternate gear
extension lever, set slat/flap to 5 and set VREF FULL + 10 KIAS.
CAUTION: • AVOID LANDING WITH CROSSWIND COMPONENTS

ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 2.46.
If a go around is required, maintain landing gear down, set
slat/flap to 4, and maintain VREF FULL + 10 KIAS until the acceleration
altitude is reached.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

NOTE: - Expect lower roll and pitch rates.

Procedures.
- Apply the Emergency/Parking Brake to stop the airplane
monitoring the Emergency/Parking Brake light.
- Braking action starts after Emerg/Prkg Brake light
illumination. Apply the brake carefully since antiskid
protection is not available.

For landing configuration set landing gear down, pull the alternate gear

ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 2.76.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL



ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 2.11.
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL



ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 2.21.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

NOTE: - Expect lower roll and pitch rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
Procedures.

For landing configuration, set landing gear down, pull the alternate gear

ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 1.96.

AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

NOTE: - Expect lower roll and pitch rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
Procedures.

For landing configuration, set landing gear down, pull the alternate gear

ABOVE 10 KT.
DISTANCE BY 2.08.
If a go around is required, maintain landing gear down, set slat/flap to

4, and maintain VREF FULL + 15 KIAS until the acceleration altitude is
reached.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LOSS OF PRESSURIZATION INDICATION

Use the remaining indications to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft,
according to the table below:
AIRPLANE CABIN DIFFERENTIAL
ALTITUDE (ft) ALTITUDE (ft) PRESSURE (PSID)
10000 900 4.2
11000 1000 4.5
12000 1200 4.8
13000 1300 5.1
14000 1500 5.3
15000 1700 5.6
16000 1900 5.8
17000 2100 6.0
18000 2300 6.2
19000 2600 6.4
20000 2800 6.6
21000 3000 6.7
22000 3300 6.9
23000 3600 7.0
24000 3900 7.1
25000 4200 7.2
26000 4500 7.3
27000 4800 7.4
28000 5100 7.5
29000 5400 7.5
30000 5700 7.6
31000 6000 7.7
32000 6300 7.7
33000 6700 7.7
34000 7000 7.8
35000 7300 7.8
36000 7600 7.8
37000 8000 7.8
38000 8000 8.0
39000 8000 8.1
40000 8000 8.3
41000 8000 8.4
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE APPROACH AND

LANDING
During descent, set landing data, approach aids and altimeters.
For landing configuration, set landing gear down, set slat/flap to 5 and
set VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.

If a go around is required, press the go around button, advance thrust

levers to TOGA position, rotate the airplane following the flight director
guidance and set slat/flap to 2.
NOTE: In case of flight director guidance is inoperative, rotate the
airplane to 8º nose up.
With positive climb, set landing gear up and set the airspeed to the
approach climb speed.
OXYGEN LEAKAGE
Turn on no smoking signs, actuate the oxygen test/reset button and
maintain altitude as required.
PARTIAL OR GEAR UP LANDING

Plan to land on available gear and burn off fuel to reduce touchdown
speed.
Prior to approach, notify the cabin crew, pull the Aural Warning CB´s
(C7; C31), turn the APU off, push the pressurization dump button, set
landing gear down and slat/flap to full position.
Just before touchdown, announce to the cabin.
After landing, set thrust levers to idle, set the start/stop selectors to
stop, pull and rotate the fire extinguishing handles, announce
emergency evacuation and set batteries to off.
If a go around is required, maintain landing gear down.

AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
STRUCTURAL DAMAGE
Limit the airspeed to VA maximum.
If the fuselage is damaged, limit altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever

is higher) and press the pressurization dump button when reaching
10000 ft.
Establish landing configuration early.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-01

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-01 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
MANUAL
AIRPLANE GENERAL
(DOORS/LIGHTING/CARGO COMPARTMENT)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
DOOR CARGO FORWARD (AFT) OPEN .......................4-02 ........ 03
DOOR EMERGENCY RH (LH) OPEN.............................4-02 ........ 03
DOOR PASSENGER (SERVICE)
FORWARD (AFT) OPEN...........................................4-02 ........ 03
CAUTION
DOOR FORWARD (CENTER)
ELECTRONIC BAY OPEN ........................................4-02 ........ 04
DOOR HYDRAULIC OPEN ............................................4-02 ........ 04

EMERGENCY LIGHT NOT ARMED ...............................4-02 ........ 04
EMERGENCY LIGHT ON ..............................................4-02 ........ 04
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-02

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-02 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DOOR CARGO FORWARD (AFT) OPEN

If pressurization is normal, continue the flight monitoring the
pressurization.
If pressurization is abnormal, LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE
AIRPORT, limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher).
At 10000 ft, push the pressurization dump button in.
DOOR EMERGENCY RH (LH) OPEN

Turn on the fasten seat belts signs.
If pressurization is normal, check the door indicators on the affected
door. If at least one door indicator is in green, continue the flight
monitoring the pressurization. If both door indicators are not in green,
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT, limit the altitude to
10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher). At 10000 ft, push the
pressurization dump button in.
DOOR PASSENGER (SERVICE) FORWARD

(AFT) OPEN
Turn on the fasten seat belts signs.
If pressurization is normal, check the door indicators on the affected
door. If at least two door indicators are in green, continue the flight
monitoring the pressurization. If less than two door indicators are in
green, LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT, limit the
altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher). At 10000 ft, push the
pressurization dump button in.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-02

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DOOR FORWARD (CENTER) ELECTRONIC

BAY OPENED
If pressurization is abnormal, limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA
(whichever is higher).
DOOR HYDRAULIC OPEN

Limit the airspeed to 250 KIAS maximum.
EMERGENCY LIGHT NOT ARMED

Arm the emergency lights.
EMERGENCY LIGHT ON
Set the emergency lights to off and then to armed.
AFM-1868
4-02 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
AMS (PNEUMATICS, AIR

CONDITIONING/PRESSURIZATION)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
CABIN ALTITUDE HIGH ....................................................4-04 ........ 03
CAUTION
AMS CONTROLLER FAILURE ..........................................4-04 ........ 04
BLEED APU LEAKAGE......................................................4-04 ........ 04
BLEED 1 (2) FAILURE .......................................................4-04 ........ 04
BLEED 1 (2) LEAKAGE......................................................4-04 ........ 04
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESSURE ........................................4-04 ........ 05
CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE FAILURE.................4-04 ........ 05
CARGO FORWARD VENTILATION FAILURE..................4-04 ........ 05
CENTER ELECTRONIC BAY FANS FAILURE .................4-04 ........ 05
FORWARD ELECTRONIC BAY FANS FAILURE..............4-04 ........ 05
PACK 1 (2) FAILURE .........................................................4-04 ........ 06
PACK 2 LEAKAGE .............................................................4-04 ........ 06
PRESSURIZATION AUTO FAILURE.................................4-04 ........ 06
PRESSURIZATION MANUAL FAILURE............................4-04 ........ 06
RECIRCULATION SMOKE DETECTION FAILURE ..........4-04 ........ 06
ADVISORY
BLEED 1 (2) OFF ...............................................................4-04 ........ 06
PACK 1 (2) OFF .................................................................4-04 ........ 06
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-04

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-04 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CABIN ALTITUDE HIGH

φCrew Oxygen Masks................................................... DON, 100%
φCrew Communication ................................................. ESTABLISH
φAltitude ........................................................................ 10000 FT or
MEA,
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
φThrust Levers .............................................................. IDLE
φSpeed Brake ............................................................... FULL OPEN
φAirspeed...................................................................... MAX/
APPROPRIATE
φTransponder................................................................ 7700
φATC ............................................................................. NOTIFY
Monitor the cabin altitude.
At 10000 ft or MEA, press the pressurization dump button.

If the PAX OXY NOT DEPLOYED message is presented, set the
passenger oxygen selector to OVRD.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-04

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AMS CONTROLLER FAILURE

Exit and avoid icing conditions and limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA
(whichever is higher) maximum. At 10000 ft, push the pressurization
dump button in.
NOTE: - Assisted crossbleed start is not available.
- Pneumatic assisted engine start is not available.
BLEED APU LEAKAGE

Turn off APU bleed and wait 3 minutes.
If the message BLEED APU LEAK persists, press the APU emergency
stop button to turn the APU off.
If the message BLEED APU LEAK still persists, turn bleed 1 and the
crossbleed off and verify BLEED 1 OFF and XBLEED SW OFF
messages are displayed on EICAS.
BLEED 1 (2) FAILURE

Turn off the affected bleed and wait 1 minute.
If the BLEED 1 (2) FAIL message extinguishes, turn the affected bleed
on.
If the BLEED 1 (2) FAIL message persists, limit the altitude to 31000 ft
maximum.
If both engine bleeds are inoperative and APU bleed is available, limit
the altitude to 15000 ft maximum.
BLEED 1 (2) LEAKAGE

Turn the affected bleed off and the crossbleed off. For Bleed 1 Leak,
turn also the APU bleed off. Exit and avoid icing conditions. Limit the
altitude to 31000 ft maximum and wait 3 minutes.
If the BLEED 1 (2) LEAK message persists, turn the opposite side
bleed off, the APU bleed off and limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA
(whichever is higher) maximum. At 10000 ft push the pressurization
dump button in.
AFM-1868
4-04 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESSURE

Turn the affected bleed off then on.
If the Bleed 1 (2) OVERPRESSURE message persists turn the
affected bleed off and the crossbleed off. For Bleed 1 Leak, turn also
the APU bleed off. Exit and avoid icing conditions. Limit the altitude to
31000 ft maximum.
If the BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESSURE message persists, reduce the

associated thrust levers to idle and, when applicable, accomplish the
One Engine Inoperative Approach and Landing Procedure.
CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE FAILURE

If the cabin differential pressure reached the red limit, check its
indication. If the indication is positive, turn off both packs and limit the
altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher) maximum. If the
indication is negative, reduce the airplane descent rate.
CARGO FORWARD VENTILATION FAILURE

CENTER ELECTRONIC BAY FANS FAILURE

FORWARD ELECTRONIC BAY FANS FAILURE

If the TRU 1 (2) FAIL is displayed, LAND AT THE NEAREST
SUITABLE AIRPORT.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-04

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PACK 1 (2) FAILURE

Set the associated cabin temperature controllers to 12 o’clock position
and turn the affected pack off. Wait 1 minute and turn the affected
pack on.
If the PACK 1 (2) FAIL message extinguishes, wait 1 minute and
operate the associated temperature controller normally.
If the PACK 1 (2) FAIL message persists, turn the affected pack off
and limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
PACK 2 LEAKAGE
Turn pack 2 off and limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum. Wait
3 minutes.
If the PACK 2 LEAK message persists, exit and avoid icing conditions,
turn bleed 2 off and the crossbleed off.
PRESSURIZATION AUTO FAILURE

Set the pressurization to manual, then to auto.
If the PRESN AUTO FAIL message persists, set the pressurization to
manual and control the cabin altitude according to the pressurization
indication table (see non annunciated procedures block). When
appropriate hold the cabin altitude selector knob up for 50 seconds.
PRESSURIZATION MANUAL FAILURE

Limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher) maximum.
At 25000 ft, turn one pack off. At 10000 ft, turn the remaining pack off.
RECIRCULATION SMOKE DETECTION

FAILURE
Turn off the recirculation fan.
BLEED 1 (2) OFF

Limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
PACK 1 (2) OFF

Limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
AFM-1868
4-04 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
MANUAL
AUTOFLIGHT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
CAUTION
AUTOPILOT FAILURE ...................................................... 4-06.......... 03
AUTOPILOT PITCH MISTRIM .......................................... 4-06.......... 03
AUTOPILOT PITCH TRIM FAILURE ................................ 4-06.......... 03
AUTOPILOT ROLL MISTRIM............................................ 4-06.......... 03
AUTOTHROTTLE FAILURE ............................................. 4-06.......... 03
AUTOTHROTTLE NOT IN HOLD ..................................... 4-06.......... 03
FLIGHT DIRECTOR LATERAL MODE OFF ..................... 4-06.......... 04
FLIGHT DIRECTOR VERTICAL MODE OFF ................... 4-06.......... 04
SHAKER ANTICIPATED ................................................... 4-06.......... 04
STALL PROTECTION FAILURE ....................................... 4-06.......... 04
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-06

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT
PROCEDURES
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-06 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AUTOPILOT FAILURE
Fly the airplane manually.
NOTE: The AP may be available for re-engagement 10 seconds after
disengagement.
AUTOPILOT PITCH MISTRIM

Hold the control wheel firmly, disengage the autopilot and trim the
airplane. The autopilot may be available for reengagement.
AUTOPILOT PITCH TRIM FAILURE

Hold the control wheel firmly, disengage the autopilot and trim the
airplane.
AUTOPILOT ROLL MISTRIM

Trim the airplane using roll trim.
AUTOTHROTTLE FAILURE
Operate the thrust levers manually.
NOTE: The AT may be available for re-engagement 10 seconds after
disengagement.
AUTOTHROTTLE NOT IN HOLD

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-06

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FLIGHT DIRECTOR LATERAL MODE OFF

Select a flight director lateral mode.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR VERTICAL MODE OFF

Select a flight director vertical mode.
SHAKER ANTICIPATED
Avoid side slipping the airplane. If speed is above Mach 0.5, limit
airspeed to a minimum of 250 KIAS.
NOTE: Above Mach 0.5, stick shaker and Low Speed Awareness
(LSA) are not available.
If the FLAP (SLAT) FAIL message is displayed, accomplish the FLAP
(SLAT) FAIL Procedure.
If the FLAP (SLAT) FAIL message is not displayed, for landing
configuration set slat/flap full, set VREF FULL and limit bank angle to 20°
maximum.
STALL PROTECTION FAILURE

Avoid side slipping the airplane.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to 5 or set slat/flap to full.
For landing with slat/flap 5, set VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.
For landing with slat/flap full, set VREF FULL + 10 KIAS.

AFM-1868
4-06 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
CAUTION
APU ALTITUDE EXCEEDANCE ....................................... 4-08 ........ 03
APU FAILURE ................................................................... 4-08 ........ 03
APU FAULT ....................................................................... 4-08 ........ 03
APU OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE ...................................... 4-08 ........ 03
APU OIL LOW PRESSURE .............................................. 4-08 ........ 03
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-08

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-08 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APU ALTITUDE EXCEEDANCE

If APU is not essential for the flight, turn it off.
If APU is essential for the flight, descend to an altitude where the
message is no longer displayed.
APU FAILURE
If the APU FAIL message was displayed during APU start, the APU
can be restarted according to the starter limitations.
If the APU FAIL message was displayed during APU normal operation,
turn off the APU and do not restart it.
APU FAULT
If APU is not essential for the flight, turn it off even if the indications on
EICAS are normal.
If APU is essential for the flight and any APU indication is abnormal,
turn the APU bleed off. If the abnormal indication remains, turn the
APU off. If the abnormal indication does not remain, continue the flight.
APU OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE

Accomplish the APU Fault Procedure.
APU OIL LOW PRESSURE

Accomplish the APU Fault Procedure.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-08

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-08 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
BATTERY DISCHARGING................................................ 4-10.......... 03
BATTERY 1 (2) OVERTEMPERATURE ........................... 4-10.......... 03
BATTERY 1-2 OFF............................................................ 4-10.......... 03
ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY ............................................ 4-10.......... 04
CAUTION
AC BUS 1 OFF .................................................................. 4-10.......... 05
AC BUS 2 OFF .................................................................. 4-10.......... 05
AC ESSENTIAL BUS OFF ................................................ 4-10.......... 05
AC STANDBY BUS OFF ................................................... 4-10.......... 06
APU GENERATOR OFF BUS........................................... 4-10.......... 06
BATTERY 1 (2) DISCHARGING ....................................... 4-10.......... 06
BATTERY 1 OFF ............................................................... 4-10.......... 06
BATTERY 2 OFF ............................................................... 4-10.......... 06
DC BUS 1 OFF .................................................................. 4-10.......... 07
DC BUS 2 OFF .................................................................. 4-10.......... 07
DC ESSENTIAL BUS 1 OFF ............................................. 4-10.......... 08
GPU CONNECTED ........................................................... 4-10.......... 11
IDG 1 (2) OFF BUS ........................................................... 4-10.......... 11
IDG 1 (2) OIL ..................................................................... 4-10.......... 11
TRU 1 (2) FAILURE........................................................... 4-10.......... 11
TRU ESSENTIAL FAILURE .............................................. 4-10.......... 11
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-10

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-10 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BATTERY DISCHARGING
BATTERY 1 (2) OVERTEMPERATURE

φAssociated Battery...................................................... OFF
Do not start the APU.
BATTERY 1-2 OFF

APU start is not available.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-10

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY
Limit the airspeed to 150 KIAS minimum, start the APU, reset (set to
off, then to auto) IDG 1 and IDG 2 and set the emergency lights to off.
CAUTION: ONLY TWO APU START ATTEMPTS ARE ALLOWED.
If ELEC EMERGENCY message extinguishes, reset (push in, then

out) the flight controls mode buttons (spoilers, elevators and rudder).
ground proximity flap override button, set slat/flap to 3 and set
If ELEC EMERGENCY message persists, exit and avoid icing
conditions and limit the altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is
higher) maximum. If BATT DISCHARGING message is presented,
deploy the RAT manually and set TRU 1 and TRU 2 to off.
NOTE: - Avoid side slipping the airplane.

- On ground, use differential braking and rudder to steer the
airplane.
- The slats and flaps will operate at low rate.

ground proximity flap override button, set slat/flap to 3 and maintain
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher).

If a go around is required, maintain slat/flap 3 and

VREF FULL + 20 KIAS minimum or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher) until
the acceleration altitude is reached.
AFM-1868
4-10 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AC BUS 1 OFF
NOTE: - The slats will operate at low rate.

- Fuel Crossfeed Low 2 is not available.
When flying in icing conditions, set the ice protection mode to on and
return it to auto 2 minutes after exiting icing conditions.
AC BUS 2 OFF
NOTE: The flaps will operate at low rate.

When flying in icing conditions, set the ice protection mode to on and
return it to auto 2 minutes after exiting icing conditions.
AC ESSENTIAL BUS OFF

Set the TRU ESS to off.
NOTE: - The flaps and slats will operate at low rate.

- Fuel Crossfeed Low 1 is not available.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-10

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AC STANDBY BUS OFF

Monitor electrical system.
NOTE: Engine Start with batteries only is not available.
APU GENERATOR OFF BUS

Turn the APU generator off, then on.
If the APU GEN OFF message persists, turn the APU generator off.
BATTERY 1 (2) DISCHARGING

Select the affected TRU to off and then to auto.
If the BATT 1 (2) DISCHARGING message persists, select the
affected TRU to off.
BATTERY 1 OFF
Verify battery 1 is set to on.
NOTE: If battery 1 selector is off, APU start is not available.
BATTERY 2 OFF
Verify battery 2 is set to auto.
AFM-1868
4-10 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DC BUS 1 OFF
Disengage the autothrottle, set the emergency lights to off and limit the
altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
NOTE: The slats will operate at low rate.

For landing configuration, arm the emergency lights, set slat/flap to full
and VREF FULL.

DC BUS 2 OFF
Disengage the autothrottle and limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to full and VREF FULL.

On ground, use differential braking and rudder to steer the airplane.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-10

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DC ESSENTIAL BUS 1 OFF

Exit and avoid icing conditions and set battery 1 to off.
NOTE: - Compass internal light will be lost.

- FADEC will set flight idle on ground.
- The flaps will operate at low rate.
- Engine 2 windmill start is not available.
- Thrust Reversers, Wing Anti-Ice and Ground Idle may not be
available.
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake efficiency.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to full and VREF FULL.
On ground, apply brakes normally.
AFM-1868
4-10 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Exit and avoid icing conditions and set battery 2 to off.
NOTE: - The slats will operate at low rate.

- FADEC will set flight idle on ground.
- Engine 1 windmill start is not available.
- Thrust Reversers, Wing Anti-Ice and Ground Idle may not be
available.
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake efficiency.
Turn the APU off. For landing configuration, set slat/flap to full and
VREF FULL.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-10

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Set the TRU ESS to off.
If DC ESSENTIAL BUS 3 OFF message persists the flaps will operate

at low rate.
AFM-1868
4-10 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GPU CONNECTED
Disconnect GPU before starting taxi.
IDG 1 (2) OFF BUS

Select the affected IDG to off and then to auto.
If the IDG 1 (2) OFF message persists, select the affected IDG to off
and use APU as required.
IDG 1 (2) OIL

Disconnect the affected IDG, and use APU as required.
TRU 1 (2) FAILURE

Select the affected TRU to off and then to auto.
If the TRU 1 (2) FAIL message persists, select the affected TRU to off.
TRU ESSENTIAL FAILURE

Select the TRU ESS to off.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-10

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-10 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER DEPLOYED........................... 4-12.......... 03
ENGINE 1 (2) OIL LOW PRESSURE ............................... 4-12.......... 03
CAUTION
ENGINE 1 (2) CONTROL FAULT ..................................... 4-12.......... 04
ENGINE 1 (2) FADEC OVERTEMPERATURE................. 4-12.......... 04
ENGINE 1 (2) FAILURE .................................................... 4-12.......... 04
ENGINE 1 (2) FUEL IMPENDING BYPASS ..................... 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) FUEL LOW PRESSURE ............................ 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) NO DISPATCH........................................... 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) OIL LOW LEVEL ........................................ 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER FAILURE ............................... 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER PROTECTION FAULT .......... 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER THRUST
LEVER ANGLE FAILURE ............................................ 4-12.......... 05
ENGINE 1 (2) STARTER VALVE OPENED...................... 4-12.......... 06
ENGINE 1 (2) THRUST LEVER ANGLE FAILURE .......... 4-12.......... 06
ENGINE EXCEEDANCE ................................................... 4-12.......... 06
ENGINE NO TAKEOFF DATA .......................................... 4-12.......... 06
ENGINE REFERENCE ANTI-ICE DISAGREE ................. 4-12.......... 06
ENGINE REFERENCE ECS DISAGREE ......................... 4-12.......... 07
ENGINE THRUST LEVER ANGLE NOT TOGA ............... 4-12.......... 07
ENGINE THRUST RATING DISAGREE........................... 4-12.......... 07
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-12

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-12 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER DEPLOYED

Disengage the autothrottle and set the affected thrust lever to idle.
If any buffeting is noticed, set the start stop selector (affected engine)
to stop, start the APU and balance the fuel.
ENGINE 1 (2) OIL LOW PRESSURE

If the affected oil pressure indication is abnormal, accomplish the
Engine Shutdown Procedure.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-12

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE 1 (2) CONTROL FAULT

CAUTION: AVOID QUICK THRUST LEVER MOVEMENT, HIGH
ENGINE THRUST OPERATION AND THRUST
REVERSER.
If it is not possible to control engine thrust for the affected engine,

accomplish the Engine Shutdown Procedure.
ENGINE 1 (2) FADEC OVERTEMPERATURE

If the respective engine parameters are abnormal, accomplish the
Engine Shutdown Procedure.
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT SHUTDOWN, PULL (DO

NOT ROTATE) THE ASSOCIATED FIRE-
EXTINGUISHING HANDLE.
ENGINE 1 (2) FAILURE

Reduce the associated thrust lever to idle.
If the affected engine was not successfully restarted via autorelight,
set the start/stop selectors to stop and start the APU.
If fuel leak is suspected, accomplish the Fuel Leak Procedure.
If fuel leak is not suspected and a restart is considered, accomplish
the Engine Airstart Procedure.
If fuel leak is not suspected and a restart is not considered, balance
the fuel and accomplish the One Engine Inoperative Approach and
Landing Procedure.
AFM-1868
4-12 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE 1 (2) FUEL IMPENDING BYPASS

If both ENG 1 FUEL IMP BYPASS and ENG 2 FUEL IMP BYPASS
messages are displayed, LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE
AIRPORT.
ENGINE 1 (2) FUEL LOW PRESSURE

Verify the fuel crossfeed is off.
Disengage the autothrottle and monitor the affected engine

parameters. If unable to sustain the desired thrust or if the parameters
fluctuate, operate at lower altitude.
ENGINE 1 (2) NO DISPATCH

Do not takeoff.
ENGINE 1 (2) OIL LOW LEVEL

Do not takeoff.
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER FAILURE

Do not takeoff.
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER PROTECTION FAULT

Do not takeoff.
ENGINE 1 (2) REVERSER THRUST LEVER

ANGLE FAILURE
On ground, the associated thrust reverser is not available.
Inflight, do not move the thrust levers below idle.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-12

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE 1 (2) STARTER VALVE OPENED

Turn the crossbleed and the associated bleed off.
If the airplane is on ground and engine 1 is the affected engine, turn
off APU bleed, reduce the engine 1 thrust lever to idle and set the
engine 1 start/stop selector to stop.
If the airplane is on ground and engine 2 is the affected engine,
remove the engine start ground cart and reduce engine 2 thrust lever
to idle and set the engine 2 start/stop selector to stop.
If the airplane is inflight, turn APU bleed off, exit and avoid icing
conditions and limit the altitude to 31000 ft maximum.
ENGINE 1 (2) THRUST LEVER ANGLE

FAILURE
NOTE: The engine thrust will be set to idle automatically.
ENGINE EXCEEDANCE
Do not takeoff.
ENGINE NO TAKEOFF DATA

Enter the Engine Takeoff Data.
ENGINE REFERENCE ANTI-ICE DISAGREE

Configure the airplane according to takeoff data or reenter the takeoff
data according to airplane configuration.
AFM-1868
4-12 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE REFERENCE ECS DISAGREE

Configure the aircraft according to takeoff data or reenter the takeoff
data according to aircraft configuration.
ENGINE THRUST LEVER ANGLE NOT TOGA

Move the thrust levers to TOGA position.
ENGINE THRUST RATING DISAGREE

Do not takeoff.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-12

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-12 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
FIRE PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
APU FIRE .......................................................................... 4-14.......... 03
ENGINE 1 (2) FIRE ........................................................... 4-14.......... 03
CAUTION
APU FIRE DETECTION FAILURE .................................... 4-14.......... 04
APU FIRE-EXTINGUISHING FAILURE ............................ 4-14.......... 04
CARGO AFT (FORWARD) FIRE SYSTEM FAILURE ...... 4-14.......... 04
ENGINE 1 (2) FIRE DETECTION FAILURE ..................... 4-14.......... 04
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-14

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-14 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APU FIRE
φAPU Emergency Stop Button ..................................... PUSH IN
Turn the APU OFF.
If the APU FIRE message persists, push the APU fire-extinguishing
button.
ENGINE 1 (2) FIRE

φAutothrottle.................................................................. DISENGAGE
φThrust Lever (affected engine).................................... IDLE
φStart/Stop Selector (affected engine) ......................... STOP
φFire Extinguishing Handle (affected engine)............... PULL
Rotate the fire extinguishing handle (to the left or right).
Wait 30 seconds. If fire persists, rotate the fire-extinguishing handle to
the remaining bottle.
If high vibration occurs, reduce the airspeed. If vibration persists,
chase the better airspeed to reduce the vibration. Airspeeds below VA
are recommended.
If affected side Fuel Indication is lost, assume fuel is leaking from the
affected side.
Use the APU, the autothrottle and fuel crossfeed as required.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-14

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APU FIRE DETECTION FAILURE

Turn the APU OFF.
APU FIRE-EXTINGUISHING FAILURE

Turn the APU OFF.
CARGO AFT (FORWARD) FIRE SYSTEM

FAILURE
If aft (forward) cargo compartment is not empty, LAND AT THE
NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
ENGINE 1 (2) FIRE DETECTION FAILURE

If fire is suspected in the affected engine, accomplish the Engine Fire,
Severe Damage or Separation Procedure.
AFM-1868
4-14 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
ELEVATOR NORMAL MODE FAILURE ........................... 4-16.......... 03
GROUND SPOILERS FAILURE........................................ 4-16.......... 03
RUDDER NORMAL MODE FAILURE ............................... 4-16.......... 03
SPOILER NORMAL MODE FAILURE............................... 4-16.......... 04
CAUTION
ANGLE OF ATTACK LIMIT FAILURE ............................... 4-16.......... 05
ELEVATOR THRUST COMPENSATOR FAILURE .......... 4-16.......... 05
ELEVATOR FAULT ........................................................... 4-16.......... 05
ELEVATOR LH (RH) FAILURE ......................................... 4-16.......... 05
FLAP (SLAT) FAILURE
(EMBRAER 190 MODELS) .......................................... 4-16.......... 06
FLAP (SLAT) FAILURE
(EMBRAER 195 MODELS) .......................................... 4-16.......... 07
FLIGHT CONTROL BIT EXPIRED.................................... 4-16.......... 09
FLIGHT CONTROL NO DISPATCH.................................. 4-16.......... 09
PITCH TRIM FAILURE (EMBRAER 190 MODELS).......... 4-16.......... 09
PITCH TRIM FAILURE (EMBRAER 195 MODELS).......... 4-16.......... 10
RUDDER FAILURE ........................................................... 4-16.......... 11
RUDDER FAULT ............................................................... 4-16.......... 11
RUDDER LIMITER FAILURE ............................................ 4-16.......... 12
SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAGREE ....................................... 4-16.......... 12
SPOILER FAULT ............................................................... 4-16.......... 12
STABILIZER LOCK FAULT ............................................... 4-16.......... 13
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Block Page
ADVISORY
AILERON RH (LH) FAILURE (EMBRAER 190 MODELS).4-16 .......... 13
AILERON RH (LH) FAILURE (EMBRAER 195 MODELS).4-16 .......... 13
FLIGHT CONTROL FAULT ...............................................4-16 .......... 14
SPEEDBRAKE FAILURE (LOAD 27.1 AND ON) ..............4-16 .......... 14
AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ELEVATOR NORMAL MODE FAILURE

Push the flight controls mode elevators button in. Do not accomplish
the Elevator Fault Procedure.
Accomplish the Angle of Attack Limit Failure procedure.
GROUND SPOILERS FAILURE

Close the speed brake.

RUDDER NORMAL MODE FAILURE

Push the flight controls mode rudder button in. Do not accomplish the
Rudder Fault Procedure.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SPOILER NORMAL MODE FAILURE

Close the speed brake.
Push the flight controls mode spoilers button in. Do not accomplish the
Spoiler Fault Procedure.

AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ANGLE OF ATTACK LIMIT FAILURE

Avoid sideslipping the airplane.
NOTE: The stick shaker remains operative.
ELEVATOR THRUST COMPENSATOR

FAILURE
Compensate manually any pitch tendency following thrust variations.
ELEVATOR FAULT
NOTE: If the SPOILER FAULT message is also displayed, accomplish
the Spoiler Fault procedure prior to this procedure.
Reset (push in, then out) the flight controls mode elevators button one
time.
If the ELEVATOR FAULT message persists, accomplish the Angle of
Attack Limit Failure Procedure.
ELEVATOR LH (RH) FAILURE

NOTE: Expect less elevator control authority and slower response,
especially during landing flare.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to 5 and set VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.
Apply brakes only after the nose landing gear touches down.
If a go around is required, set slat/flap to 4 and maintain

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FLAP (SLAT) FAILURE

Cycle the slat/flap lever (up to three cycles may be attempted).
If the FLAP (SLAT) FAIL message persists, use the position indicated
on the EICAS as a reference to select landing data presented on the
tables below. If there is no flap (slat) indication in the EICAS, use the
more conservative position to enter the table.
Limit Bank angle to 20° maximum. If applicable, push in the Gnd Prox
Flap Ovrd Button.
If a go around is required, maintain the Slat/Flap lever in the selected
position and set the VREF presented in the table until the level off.
FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING TABLE

SLAT
0 3 FULL
FLAP
VREF
VREF FULL + 60 VREF FULL + 50 VREF FULL + 50
(KIAS) 0
Ldg Coef 1.90 1.77 1.81
VREF
(KIAS) 1
Ldg Coef 1.52 1.56 1.58
VREF
(KIAS) 2
Ldg Coef 1.44 1.39 1.41
VREF
VREF FULL + 20 VREF FULL + 10
(KIAS) 3, 4 and 5
Ldg Coef NOT 1.35 1.22
VREF USABLE
VREF FULL + 5 VREF FULL
(KIAS) FULL
Ldg Coef 1.08 NOT APPLICABLE
(Continued on the next page)

AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
(Continued from the previous page)
FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING TABLE WITH SHAKER ANTICIPATED

SLAT
0 3 FULL
FLAP
VREF
(KIAS) 0
Ldg Coef 1.90 1.95 1.99
VREF
(KIAS) 1
Ldg Coef 1.60 1.63 1.66
VREF
(KIAS) 2
Ldg Coef 1.44 1.47 1.49
VREF
(KIAS) 3, 4 and 5
VREF USABLE
(KIAS) FULL
FLAP (SLAT) FAILURE

Cycle the slat/flap lever (up to three cycles may be attempted).
If the FLAP (SLAT) FAIL message persists, use the position indicated
on the EICAS as a reference to select landing data presented on the
tables below. If there is no flap (slat) indication in the EICAS, use the
more conservative position to enter the table.
Limit Bank angle to 20° maximum. If applicable, push in the Gnd Prox
Flap Ovrd Button.
If a go around is required, maintain the Slat/Flap lever in the selected
position and set the VREF presented in the table until the level off.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING TABLE
SLAT
0 3 FULL
FLAP
VREF
(KIAS) 0
Ldg Coef 1.80 1.75 1.80
VREF
(KIAS) 1
Ldg Coef 1.50 1.50 1.55
VREF
(KIAS) 2
Ldg Coef 1.40 1.38 1.40
VREF
(KIAS) 3, 4 and 5
VREF USABLE
(KIAS) FULL
FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING TABLE WITH SHAKER ANTICIPATED

SLAT
0 3 FULL
FLAP
VREF
(KIAS) 0
Ldg Coef 1.80 1.82 1.85
VREF
(KIAS) 1
Ldg Coef 1.53 1.55 1.60
VREF
(KIAS) 2
Ldg Coef 1.40 1.42 1.44
VREF
(KIAS) 3, 4 and 5
VREF USABLE
(KIAS) FULL
AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROL BIT EXPIRED

Do not takeoff.
FLIGHT CONTROL NO DISPATCH

Do not takeoff.
PITCH TRIM FAILURE

Reset (push in, then out) the pitch trim system 1 and 2 cutout buttons.
Actuate pitch trim switches.
If pitch trim is not moving upon command, push in the pitch trim
system 1 and 2 cutout buttons. No more pitch trim is available.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to 5 and set

DISTANCE BY 1.29.

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PITCH TRIM FAILURE

Reset (push in, then out) the pitch trim system 1 and 2 cutout buttons.
Actuate pitch trim switches.
If pitch trim is not moving upon command, push in the pitch trim
system 1 and 2 cutout buttons. No more pitch trim is available.
For landing configuration, set slat/flap to 5 and set

DISTANCE BY 1.42.

AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
RUDDER FAILURE
CAUTION: AVOID LANDING WITH CROSSWIND COMPONENTS

ABOVE 10 KT.
If a go around is required, proceed as a normal go around limiting the

airspeed to 175 KIAS.
NOTE: As asymmetric thrust may be required to help controlling the
airplane, maximum thrust on both engines may not be
possible.
RUDDER FAULT
NOTE: If the SPOILER FAULT message is also displayed, accomplish
the Spoiler Fault procedure prior to this procedure.
Reset (push in, then out) the flight controls mode rudder button one
time.
If the RUDDER FAULT message persists and is associated with the
RUDDER LIMITER FAIL message, reset (push in, then out) the flight
controls mode rudder button once again.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
RUDDER LIMITER FAILURE

Rudder position limiter is inoperative and rudder authority in flight
is 30°.
CAUTION: • DO NOT APPLY ABRUPT PEDAL COMMANDS.

• DO NOT APPLY FULL RUDDER DEFLECTION.
SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAGREE

Return the slat/flap lever to previous position and then use it as
required.
SPOILER FAULT
Close the speedbrake and disengage the autopilot.
Reset (push in, then out) the flight controls mode spoilers button one
time.
If the SPOILER FAULT message persists:
If any spoiler panel is failed open or if it is not possible to determine

the spoiler panel position, for landing configuration set slat/flap to 5
and set VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.
CAUTION: FOR THE EMBRAER 190, MULTIPLY THE FULL

FLAPS UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE BY
1.63.
FOR THE EMBRAER 195, MULTIPLY THE FULL
1.86.
If all spoiler panels are closed, for landing configuration set slat/flap
to full and set VREF FULL.

1.30.
1.50.
AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
STABILIZER LOCK FAULT

The Horizontal Stabilizer may have a drift rate up to 0.5 deg/min nose up
or nose down.
Use pitch trim as required.
CAUTION: DO NOT PRESS ANY PITCH TRIM SYSTEM CUTOUT

BUTTON.
AILERON RH (LH) FAILURE

On ground, do not takeoff.
Inflight:
Avoid abrupt and large aileron inputs and limit bank angle to 25°.
Establish landing configuration early. For landing configuration, set
slat/flap 5 and maintain VREF FULL + 10 KIAS.

DISTANCE BY 1.21.
AILERON RH (LH) FAILURE

On ground, do not takeoff.
Inflight:
Avoid abrupt and large aileron inputs and limit bank angle to 25°.
Establish landing configuration early. For landing configuration, set
slat/flap 5 and maintain VREF FULL + 15 KIAS.

DISTANCE BY 1.35.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-16

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FLIGHT CONTROL FAULT

Do not takeoff.
SPEEDBRAKE FAILURE (LOAD 27.1 AND ON)

Limit the maximum altitude to 38000 ft (FL 380).
AFM-1868
4-16 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
FMS/NAV/COM & FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
NO TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION .................................... 4-18 .......... 03
CAUTION
ADS 1 (2) FAILURE ........................................................... 4-18 .......... 04
ADS 3 FAILURE ................................................................ 4-18 .......... 04
ADS 1 (2) (3) HEATER FAILURE...................................... 4-18 .......... 04
ADS 4 HEATER FAILURE ................................................ 4-18 .......... 04
AIRCRAFT PERSONALITY MODULE FAILURE.............. 4-18 .......... 04
AIRCRAFT PERSONALITY MODULE
MISCOMPARISON....................................................... 4-18 .......... 04
AURAL WARNING SYSTEM FAILURE ............................ 4-18 .......... 04
AVIONICS ASCB FAULT .................................................. 4-18 .......... 04
AVIONICS MAU 1A FAILURE ........................................... 4-18 .......... 05
AVIONICS MAU 1B FAILURE ........................................... 4-18 .......... 05
AVIONICS MAU 1 (2) (3) A (B) OVERHEAT .................... 4-18 .......... 07
AVIONICS MAU 1 (2) (3) FAN FAILURE .......................... 4-18 .......... 08

COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM FAILURE....................................................... 4-18 .......... 08
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CAUTION
CREW WARNING SYSTEM FAULT ................................. 4-18 .......... 08
DISPLAY CONTROL FAILURE ......................................... 4-18 .......... 08
DISPLAY CONTROL FAULT ............................................. 4-18 .......... 09
DISPLAY INFORMATION ERROR ................................... 4-18 .......... 09
EICAS FAULT .................................................................... 4-18 .......... 09
EICAS OVERHEAT ........................................................... 4-18 .......... 09
FMS POS DISAG ............................................................... 4-18 .......... 10
FMS1(2)-GPS POS DISAG ............................................... 4-18 .......... 10
GROUND PROXIMITY FAILURE ...................................... 4-18 .......... 10
IRS EXCESSIVE MOTION ................................................ 4-18 .......... 10
IRS 1 (2) FAILURE ............................................................ 4-18 .......... 10
MCDU 1 (2) OVERHEAT
(PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0007) ...................................... 4-18 .......... 10
MFD 1 (2) FAULT .............................................................. 4-18 .......... 10
MFD 1 (2) OVERHEAT ...................................................... 4-18 .......... 11
NAVCOM 1 (2) FAILURE................................................... 4-18 .......... 11
NAVCOM 1 (2) OVERHEAT .............................................. 4-18 .......... 11
PFD 1 (2) FAULT ............................................................... 4-18 .......... 11
PFD 1 (2) OVERHEAT....................................................... 4-18 .......... 11
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION FAILURE............................. 4-18 .......... 12
TERRAIN FAILURE ........................................................... 4-18 .......... 12
VALIDATE CONFIGURATION .......................................... 4-18 .......... 12
VHF 3 FAILURE ................................................................. 4-18 .......... 12
VHF 1 (2) (3) OVERHEAT ................................................. 4-18 .......... 12
WINDSHEAR FAILURE ..................................................... 4-18 .......... 12
AFM-1868
4-18 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NO TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION
Configure the airplane for takeoff.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ADS 1 (2) FAILURE

Confirm the affected ADS automatic reversion. If necessary, revert the
affected ADS.
ADS 3 FAILURE
If necessary, revert ADS 3.
ADS 1 (2) (3) HEATER FAILURE

Revert the affected ADS.
ADS 4 HEATER FAILURE

Disregard IESS altitude and airspeed indication.
AIRCRAFT PERSONALITY MODULE FAILURE

Do not takeoff.
AIRCRAFT PERSONALITY MODULE

MISCOMPARISON
Do not takeoff.
AURAL WARNING SYSTEM FAILURE

Monitor visual indications.
NOTE: Aural warnings, including EGPWS callouts, are lost. TCAS and
Passenger Address aural will be operative.
AVIONICS ASCB FAULT

Do not takeoff.
AFM-1868
4-18 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AVIONICS MAU 1A FAILURE
Exit and avoid icing conditions.

On ground steer the airplane using differential braking, rudder and
apply brakes normally.

AVIONICS MAU 1B FAILURE


AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

On ground, steer the airplane using rudder and differential braking.


AFM-1868
4-18 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL



AVIONICS MAU 1 (2) (3) A (B) OVERHEAT

Pull the associated circuit breaker and accomplish the associated
Avionics MAU Failure Procedure.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AVIONICS MAU 1 (2) (3) FAN FAILURE

Do not takeoff.
COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

FAILURE
Do not takeoff.
CREW WARNING SYSTEM FAULT

Do not takeoff.
DISPLAY CONTROL FAILURE

NOTE: - PFD selections of VOR, FMS, RA/BARO Minimums and
Baro Setting will be locked at the last setting position prior to
the failure.
- Disregard altitude callouts from aural system.
- Use IESS for barometric setting and ILS approach.
Relevant Inoperative Items on both Pilot and Copilot Display
Controllers:
− V/L Pushbutton.
− Bearing "O" Pushbutton.
− Bearing "<>" Pushbutton.
− FMS Pushbutton.
− PREV Pushbutton.
− WX Pushbutton.
− HSI Pushbutton.
− FPR Pushbutton.
− RAD/BARO Minimums Knob.
− IN/HPa baro setting Knob.
− Push STD Pushbutton.
AFM-1868
4-18 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DISPLAY CONTROL FAULT

Do not takeoff.
DISPLAY INFORMATION ERROR

Check on both PFDs the following information and adjust if required.
− ADS source.
− Altitude select.
− Bank limit.
− Barometric correction.
− Bearing pointers.
− Chronometer.
− Course select.
− Flight Director.
− FMA.
− FPR.
− Heading select.
− HSI format.
− IRS source.
− Minimums.
− Navigation source.
− Speed target.
− HSI weather radar indication.
After recognition of all affected data, clear the DISPLAY INFO ERROR
message from the EICAS via the MCDU.
EICAS FAULT
Crosscheck EICAS information and revert if necessary.
EICAS OVERHEAT
Pull B11 CB and revert the EICAS.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FMS POSITION DISAGREE

Do not use FMS as navigation source.
FMS1(2)-GPS POSITION DISAGREE

If the airplane is equipped with dual FMS, select another FMS source.
If the airplane is equipped with single FMS, select another navigation
source.
GROUND PROXIMITY FAILURE

Increase awareness in relation to ground proximity.
IRS EXCESSIVE MOTION

Stop the airplane until the alignment is completed.
IRS 1 (2) FAILURE

Revert the affected IRS.
MCDU 1 (2) OVERHEAT

(PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0007).
Pull the associated circuit breaker.
For MCDU 1 OVHT, pull the B16 CB.
For MCDU 2 OVHT, pull the B31 CB.
MFD 1 (2) FAULT

Crosscheck the affected MFD display information (System Synoptics,
MAP, TAS, TAT, SAT, TCAS info, WX radar and Terrain Data) with
the opposite side MFD display information. Disregard any non reliable
information from the affected MFD.
AFM-1868
4-18 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
MFD 1 (2) OVERHEAT

Pull the associated circuit breaker and revert the affected MFD if
necessary.
For MFD 1 OVHT, pull the B29 CB.
For MFD 2 OVHT, pull the B20 CB.
NAVCOM 1 (2) FAILURE

Select and use the remaining NAVCOM (VHF, VOR, DME,
Tranponder).
NAVCOM 1 (2) OVERHEAT

For NAVCOM 1 OVHT, pull the C10 CB.
For NAVCOM 2 OVHT, pull the MRC 2 Electronic CB.
Accomplish the NAVCOM 1 (2) FAILURE procedure.
PFD 1 (2) FAULT

Crosscheck the affected PFD display information (Attitude, Airspeed,
Altitude, FMA, FPA, Minimums, Baro setting, Nav-Com radios
frequencies, HDG and CRS) with the opposite side PFD display
information. Disregard any non-reliable information from the affected
PFD.
PFD 1 (2) OVERHEAT

Pull the associated circuit breaker and revert the affected PFD if
necessary.
For PFD 1 OVHT, pull the B19 CB.
For PFD 2 OVHT, pull the B21 CB.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-18

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION FAILURE

Do not takeoff.
TERRAIN FAILURE
Increase awareness in relation to terrain proximity.
VALIDATE CONFIGURATION
Do not takeoff.
VHF 3 FAILURE
Select another VHF source.
VHF 1 (2) (3) OVERHEAT

For VHF 1 OVHT, pull the C11 CB.
For VHF 2 OVHT, pull the VHF 2 Electronic CB.
For VHF 3 OVHT, pull the VHF 3 Electronic CB.
WINDSHEAR FAILURE
Increase awareness in relation to weather, wind and speed variations.
AFM-1868
4-18 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
FUEL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
FUEL 1 (2) LOW LEVEL.................................................... 4-20.......... 03
CAUTION
APU FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE FAILURE .......................... 4-20.......... 04
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE FAILURE.................. 4-20.......... 04
FUEL AC PUMP 1 (2) FAILURE
(PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0007) ...................................... 4-20.......... 04
FUEL DC PUMP FAILURE ................................................ 4-20.......... 04
FUEL IMBALANCE ............................................................ 4-20.......... 05
FUEL CROSSFEED FAILURE .......................................... 4-20.......... 05
FUEL CROSSFEED OVERRIDE FAILURE ...................... 4-20.......... 06
FUEL TANK LOW TEMPERATURE
(POST-MOD. SB 190-31-0006 OR EQUIVALENT
FACTORY MODIFICATION INCORPORATED) .......... 4-20.......... 06
ADVISORY
(POST-MOD. SB 190-31-0007 OR EQUIVALENT
FACTORY MODIFICATION INCORPORATED) .......... 4-20.......... 04
(PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0006) ...................................... 4-20.......... 06
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-20

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-20 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FUEL 1 (2) LOW LEVEL

CAUTION: AVOID ATTITUDES IN EXCESS OF 15º NOSE UP OR

DOWN, UNCOORDINATED MANEUVERS AND
NEGATIVE G´S.
Turn ON the associated fuel AC pump.

If fuel leak is not suspected, operate fuel crossfeed as required.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-20

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APU FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE FAILURE

Do not restart the APU.
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE FAILURE

If the ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV FAIL message was displayed after pulling
the associated engine fire handle, select the associated fuel AC
electric pump and the fuel crossfeed to OFF.
If the ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV FAIL message was not displayed after
pulling the associated engine fire handle, continue the flight monitoring
the system.

Verify crossfeed selector in OFF.
FUEL DC PUMP FAILURE

Turn the fuel DC pump OFF.
AFM-1868
4-20 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FUEL IMBALANCE
If fuel leak is not suspected, set the airplane attitude to wings level and
compare total fuel quantity indication on EICAS with fuel remaining
information indicated on FMS Fuel Management page. If FMS fuel
remaining quantity is lower than EICAS total fuel indication, disregard
FMS fuel remaining information. Monitor fuel quantities using the
EICAS indications.
If left wing presents lower level, set the crossfeed selector to LOW 1.
If right wing presents lower level, set the crossfeed selector to
LOW 2.
Monitor fuel imbalance and, when the desired balance is achieved,
set the crossfeed selector to OFF. Monitor total fuel indication in
EICAS with FMS fuel remaining information.
NOTE: The guidance to compare the total fuel quantity indication on
EICAS with fuel remaining information indicated on FMS Fuel
Management page is not valid when flying with one engine
inoperative. In this case only the fuel indications presented on
EICAS must be used.
FUEL CROSSFEED FAILURE

If fuel crossfeed is set to LOW 1 or LOW 2 and fuel quantity is being
equalized, set the fuel crossfeed to OFF when appropriate.
If fuel crossfeed is set to LOW 1 or LOW 2 and fuel quantity is not
being equalized:
If Fuel XFeed Ovrd button is available, push it in and use crossfeed
selector as required.
If Fuel XFeed Ovrd button is not available, set the fuel crossfeed to
OFF and use asymmetric thrust as required.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-20

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FUEL CROSSFEED OVERRIDE FAILURE

If fuel crossfeed is set to LOW 1 or LOW 2 and fuel quantity is being
equalized, set the fuel crossfeed to OFF when appropriate.
If fuel crossfeed is set to LOW 1 or LOW 2 and fuel quantity is not
being equalized, set the fuel crossfeed to OFF and use asymmetric
thrust as required.

Increase airspeed to as much as possible up to VMO/MMO and wait
3 minutes.
If the FUEL TANK LO TEMP message persists, descend to lower
altitudes.
AFM-1868
4-20 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
HYDRAULICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 OR 2 OVERHEAT..................... 4-22.......... 03
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3 OVERHEAT .............................. 4-22.......... 03
CAUTION
HYDRAULIC PTU FAILURE ............................................. 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) EDP NOT D-PRESSED ...................... 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) HIGH TEMPERATURE ....................... 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 3 HIGH TEMPERATURE ............................ 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) LOW PRESSURE ............................... 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 3 LOW PRESSURE..................................... 4-22.......... 04
HYDRAULIC 3 VALVE FAILED......................................... 4-22.......... 04
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-22

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-22 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 OR 2 OVERHEAT

Set the associated electric hydraulic pump to OFF and push the
associated engine pump shutoff button in.
If HYD 1 (2) SOV FAIL message is presented, LAND AT THE
NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT and accomplish the Engine
Shutdown Procedure.
Accomplish the appropriate Loss of Hydraulic System Procedure.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3 OVERHEAT

Set the electric hydraulic system 3 pump A and pump B to OFF.

− Outboard Aileron Actuators.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-22

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
HYDRAULIC PTU FAILURE

Turn the PTU ON.
If the message HYD PTU FAIL persists, turn the PTU to OFF.
NOTE: During cruise flight, if PTU is commanded ON, it may be
turned to AUTO.
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) EDP NOT D-PRESSED

An engine windmill restart will not be available.
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) HIGH TEMPERATURE

Turn the associated electric hydraulic pump OFF.
HYDRAULIC 3 HIGH TEMPERATURE

Turn the electric hydraulic pump 3A OFF.
HYDRAULIC 1 (2) LOW PRESSURE

Turn the associated electric hydraulic pump ON.
If the HYD 1 (2) LO PRESS message persists, turn the associated
electric hydraulic pump OFF and accomplish the appropriate Loss of
Hydraulic System Procedure.
HYDRAULIC 3 LOW PRESSURE

Turn the electric hydraulic pump 3B ON and turn the electric hydraulic
pump 3A OFF.
If the HYD 3 LO PRESS message persists, turn the electric hydraulic
pump 3B OFF.
− Outboard Aileron Actuators.
HYDRAULIC 3 VALVE FAILED

Maintain 130 KIAS minimum.
AFM-1868
4-22 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
ICE & RAIN PROTECTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
ANTI-ICE WING 1 (2) LEAKAGE .......................................4-24 ........ 03
CAUTION
ANTI-ICE ENGINE 1 (2) FAILURE.....................................4-24 ........ 04
ANTI-ICE LOW CAPACITY................................................4-24 ........ 04
ANTI-ICE WING FAILURE .................................................4-24 ........ 04
ICE DETECTOR 1 (2) FAILURE ........................................4-24 ........ 05
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HEATER FAILURE.............................4-24 ........ 05
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-24

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-24 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ANTI-ICE WING 1 (2) LEAKAGE

Push out the ice protection wing button and avoid/exit icing conditions.
During landing, if icing conditions are presented or there is ice
accretion, plan a flap 5 landing and maintain VREF FLAP 5 ICE .

DISTANCE BY 1.35.
If A-I WING 1 (2) LEAK message persists, push the affected side
bleed button out, push the crossbleed button out and limit the altitude
to 31000 ft maximum. If bleed 1 is the affected bleed, push the APU
bleed button out.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-24

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ANTI-ICE ENGINE 1 (2) FAILURE

Reset (push out, then in) the affected ice protection engine button.
If the A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL message persists, set the ice protection
mode selector to on.
Then, if A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL message still persists, exit and avoid
icing conditions. If also high engine vibration exists, accomplish the
Engine Abnormal Vibration Procedure.
After exiting icing conditions, set the ice protection mode selector to
auto.
ANTI-ICE LOW CAPACITY

Advance the thrust levers.
If A-I LO CAPACITY message persists, avoid/exit icing conditions.
ANTI-ICE WING FAILURE

Reset (push out, then in) the ice protection wing button.
If A-I WING FAIL message persists, set the ice protection mode
selector to on.
Then, if A-I WING FAIL message extinguishes, set the ice
protection mode selector to auto after exiting icing conditions.
If A-I WING FAIL message still persists, set the ice protection mode
selector to auto, push the ice protection wing button out and
avoid/exit icing conditions. During landing, if icing conditions are
presented or there is ice accretion, plan a flap 5 landing and
maintain VREF FLAP 5 ICE.
1.25.
1.35.
Limit bank angle to 20° maximum.

AFM-1868
4-24 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ICE DETECTOR 1 (2) FAILURE

When flying in icing conditions, select the ice protection mode to on
and select it to auto 2 minutes after exiting icing conditions.
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HEATER FAILURE

Push the affected windshield-heating button out and then push in.
If the WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HTR FAIL message persists, push the
affected windshield-heating button out.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-24

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-24 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
LANDING GEAR & BRAKES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
LANDING GEAR LEVER DISAGREE ............................... 4-26.......... 03
CAUTION
AUTOBRAKE FAIL ............................................................ 4-26.......... 04
BRAKE LH (RH) FAILURE ................................................ 4-26.......... 04
BRAKE OVERHEAT.......................................................... 4-26.......... 04
EMERGENCY BRAKE FAILURE ...................................... 4-26.......... 04
LANDING GEAR NO DISPATCH...................................... 4-26.......... 04
LANDING GEAR NOSE DOOR OPENED ........................ 4-26.......... 05
LANDING GEAR WEIGHT-ON-WHEEL
SYSTEM FAILURE....................................................... 4-26.......... 05
STEERING FAILURE ........................................................ 4-26.......... 05
ADVISORY
BRAKE CONTROL FAULT ............................................... 4-26.......... 06
BRAKE LH (RH) FAULT .................................................... 4-26.......... 06
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-26

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-26 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LANDING GEAR LEVER DISAGREE

Cycle the landing gear lever.
If the LG LEVER DISAG message persists and it was displayed after a
landing gear extension, accomplish the Abnormal Landing Gear
Extension Procedure.
If the LG LEVER DISAG message persists and it was displayed after a
landing gear retraction, maintain landing gear down and avoid/exit
icing conditions.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-26

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AUTOBRAKE FAIL
Apply brakes normally.
BRAKE LH (RH) FAILURE

NOTE: Thrust reverser may also be used to stop the airplane.
During landing run gradually apply the normal brake, using rudder
pedals to steer the airplane.

BRAKE OVERHEAT
If the airplane is on ground, stop the airplane; put chocks on and set
the emergency/parking brake to off.
If the airplane is in flight, set the landing gear to down and wait
5 minutes after the BRK OVERHEAT message is no longer displayed
to retract the landing gear.
EMERGENCY BRAKE FAILURE

When parking the airplane, use wheel chocks.
LANDING GEAR NO DISPATCH

Do not takeoff.
AFM-1868
4-26 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LANDING GEAR NOSE DOOR OPENED

Maintain 250 KIAS maximum and do not move the landing gear lever
up.
NOTE: If climb performance is required to clear obstacles, the landing
gear lever can be moved up.
LANDING GEAR WEIGHT-ON-WHEEL SYSTEM

FAILURE


NOTE: Thrust Reversers, Steering, Ground Spoilers, Wing Anti-Ice
and Ground Idle may not be available.
STEERING FAILURE
Steer the airplane using differential braking and rudder.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-26

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
BRAKE CONTROL FAULT

Apply brakes normally.
BRAKE LH (RH) FAULT

During landing run, expect a slight directional tendency. Apply brakes

normally.

AFM-1868
4-26 ANAC APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
OXYGEN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
CAUTION
CREW OXYGEN LOW PRESSURE ................................. 4-28.......... 03
PASSENGER OXYGEN NOT DEPLOYED ...................... 4-28.......... 03
ADVISORY
OBSERVER OXYGEN LOW PRESSURE ........................ 4-28.......... 03
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-28

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
4-28 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CREW OXYGEN LOW PRESSURE

Limit altitude to 10000 ft or MEA (whichever is higher) maximum,
whichever is higher.
PASSENGER OXYGEN NOT DEPLOYED

If required, deploy the passenger oxygen masks manually.
OBSERVER OXYGEN LOW PRESSURE

If the observer seat is occupied, limit altitude to 10000 ft or MEA
(whichever is higher) maximum.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 4-28

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
THIS PAGE IS LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY
AFM-1868
4-28 CTA APPROVED

ABNORMAL
FLIGHT PROCEDURES
MANUAL
SMOKE PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
WARNING
CARGO FORWARD (AFT) SMOKE ................................. 4-30.......... 03
LAVATORY SMOKE.......................................................... 4-30.......... 03

SMOKE EVACUATION ..................................................... 4-30.......... 03
SMOKE FIRE OR FUMES ................................................ 4-30.......... 04
CAUTION
IFE RACK SMOKE ............................................................ 4-30.......... 07
RECIRC SMOKE ............................................................... 4-30.......... 07
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-30

ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-30 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CARGO FORWARD (AFT) SMOKE

φAssociated Cargo Fire Extinguishing Button .............. PUSH
LAVATORY SMOKE
Establish contact with the cabin crew.
If necessary, consider a diversion and accomplish the Smoke
Evacuation Procedure.
SMOKE EVACUATION
φCrew Oxygen Masks................................................... DON, 100%
φCrew Communication ................................................. ESTABLISH
φPressurization Dump Button ....................................... PUSH IN
Close the cockpit door and check the cabin rate.
If cabin rate is less than 1000 ft/min, set the pressurization to manual
and turn the recirculation fan and both packs off.
Accomplish the Emergency Descent Procedure.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-30

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SMOKE FIRE OR FUMES

φCrew Oxygen Masks ................................................... DON, 100%
φCrew Communication.................................................. ESTABLISH
Push the recirculation fan button out.

If smoke origin is identified, remove the affected source and if
applicable, perform the SMOKE EVACUATION Checklist.
If smoke origin is not identified:

EMERGENCY DESCENT Procedure...................... ACCOMPLISH
Pressurization DUMP Button ................................... PUSH IN
Bleed 1 and 2 Button ............................................... PUSH OUT
Emergency Lights .................................................... OFF
RAT Manual Lever................................................... PULL
Airspeed................................................................... 130 KIAS
MINIMUM
IDG 1 and 2 Selectors ............................................. OFF
APU Gen Button ...................................................... PUSH OUT
NOTE: Do not accomplish the ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY
Procedure.
If BATT DISCHARGING message is displayed in the EICAS, set
IDG 1 or 2 selector to auto.
If able to land soon or smoke stops or decreases:

Icing Conditions .................................................. EXIT/AVOID
Landing configuration:
Emergency Lights ............................................... ARMED
Ground Proximity Flap Override Button ............. PUSH IN
Slat/Flap Lever.................................................... 3
Set VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher).
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED

LANDING DISTANCE BY 2.30.

AFM-1868
4-30 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

NOTE: On ground, steer the airplane using differential braking
and rudder.
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap Lever ...............................................3
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher) until
the acceleration altitude is reached.
If smoke persists and unable to land soon:
Both IDG Selectors...................................................AUTO
DC Bus Ties Switch..................................................OFF
TRU 1 Switch............................................................OFF
Battery 1 ...................................................................OFF
If smoke stops or decreases:
Perform the DC BUS 1 OFF and DC ESS BUS 1 OFF
PROCEDURES, except the landing configurations.
Emergency Lights................................................ARMED
Ground Proximity Flap Override Button...............PUSH IN
Slat/Flap Lever ....................................................3
Set VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.

2.37.
2.14.
If smoke persists:
Battery 1 ..............................................................ON
TRU 1 Switch.......................................................AUTO
TRU 2 Switch.......................................................OFF
Battery 2 ..............................................................OFF
Perform the DC BUS 2 OFF and DC ESS BUS 2 OFF
PROCEDURES, except the landing configurations.
Icing Conditions......................................EXIT/AVOID

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-30

EMERGENCY AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Emergency Lights .......................................... ARMED
Ground Proximity Flap Override Button......... PUSH IN
Slat/Flap Lever............................................... 3
CAUTION: FOR EMBRAER 190, MULTIPLY THE FULL

FLAPS UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE
BY 2.55.
FOR EMBRAER 195, MULTIPLY THE FULL
FLAPS UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE
BY 2.40.
If smoke persists:
Battery 2 ................................................... AUTO
TRU 2 Switch............................................ AUTO
TRU ESS Switch ...................................... OFF
Emergency Lights..................................... ARMED
Ground Proximity Flap Override Button.... PUSH IN
Slat/Flap Lever ......................................... 3
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS

UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE BY
2.30.
If smoke persists:
WARNING: CONSIDER AN IMMEDIATE LANDING.

TRU ESS Switch ...................................... AUTO
TRU Bus Ties Switch ............................... AUTO
Emergency Lights..................................... ARMED
Ground Proximity Flap Override Button.... PUSH IN
Slat/Flap Lever ......................................... 3
AFM-1868
4-30 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS

UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE BY
2.30.
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap Lever .................................... 3
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS until the acceleration altitude is
reached.
IFE RACK SMOKE

Push the IFE rack button out.
If necessary accomplish the Smoke Evacuation Procedure.
RECIR SMOKE
Recirc Fan Button ......................................................... PUSH OUT
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 4-30

ABNORMAL AIRPLANE
PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
4-30 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction ........................................................................ 5-00.......... 02
Performance Configuration................................................ 5-01.......... 01
Definitions .......................................................................... 5-01.......... 02
Temperatures ............................................................... 5-01.......... 02
Airspeed ....................................................................... 5-01.......... 02
Airport Declared Field Data .......................................... 5-01.......... 03
Takeoff and Landing Distances.................................... 5-01.......... 04
Takeoff and Landing Runway Conditions .................... 5-01.......... 06
Takeoff and Landing Speeds ....................................... 5-01.......... 07
Takeoff Path ................................................................. 5-01.......... 11
Takeoff Flight Path ....................................................... 5-01.......... 11
Weights......................................................................... 5-01.......... 12
Engine Ratings ............................................................. 5-01.......... 13
Enroute and Turn Performance.................................... 5-01.......... 15
Performance Information .............................................. 5-01.......... 16
Demonstrated Crosswind .................................................. 5-01.......... 20
Noise Levels ...................................................................... 5-05.......... 01
Position Error Corrections ................................................. 5-10.......... 01
Airspeed Position Error Correction Charts ................... 5-10.......... 01
Altitude Position Error Correction Charts ..................... 5-10.......... 07
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-00

PERFORMANCE AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
The performance information given in this Section is applicable and
common to all EMBRAER 190 and EMBRAER 195 models. For
performance information related to the EMBRAER 190/
EMBRAER 195 equipped with a specific engine model, refer to the
Supplement 1 - CAFM.
The performance data are based on the following conditions:
− Pertinent power less installation, air bleed, and accessory
losses.
− Full temperature accountability within the operational limits for
which the airplane is certified.
− For landing, full brake application after touchdown.
The performance information is not valid if:
− The airplane’s gross weight exceeds the appropriate maximum
allowable limits.
− Any of the limitations in Section 2 is not observed.
− A reading from any graph is obtained by extrapolation (i.e. using
values of parameters outside the range given on the graph).
NOTE: In the case of headwind components, the airplane may be
operated in reported components greater than 30 kt, but the
effect of only 30 kt may be taken.
AFM-1868
5-00 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
The configurations applicable to each performance phase are shown
below.
OPERATING
TLA FLAPS GEAR AIRSPEED
ENGINES
TAKEOFF 2 until VEF,

TOGA 1, 2, 3 or 4 DOWN 0 TO VLOF
RUN 1 after VEF
ST DOWN TO
1 SEGMENT 1 TOGA 1, 2, 3 or 4 VLOF TO V2
UP
ND
2 SEGMENT 1 TOGA 1, 2, 3 or 4 UP V2
V2 TO FINAL
RD TAKEOFF
3 SEGMENT 1 TOGA UP SEGMENT
FLAPS TO 0
SPEED
FINAL
FINAL
1 MAX CON 0 UP SEGMENT
SEGMENT
SPEED
ENROUTE
ENROUTE 1 MAX CON 0 UP CLIMB
SPEED
APPROACH
APPROACH
1 TOGA 2 or 4 (1) UP CLIMB
CLIMB
SPEED
LANDING
LANDING
2 TOGA 5 or FULL DOWN CLIMB
CLIMB
SPEED
LANDING 2 IDLE 5 or FULL DOWN VREF
NOTE: 1) For landing flaps 5 or FULL the approach climb flap setting
is 3 or 4, respectively.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
DEFINITIONS
TEMPERATURES
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE - OAT or SAT
Free static air (ambient) temperature.
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ATMOSPHERE - ISA

As accepted by the International Civil Aviation Organization.
ISA DEVIATION - rISA

Temperature deviation from the standard temperature defined for ISA,
at the specified altitude. Positive rISA means higher temperatures
than the standard.
AIRSPEED
INDICATED AIRSPEED - KIAS
It is reading on the airspeed indicator (knots), as installed in the
airplane, uncorrected for the anemometric system position error. Zero
instrument error is assumed by the CAFM.
CALIBRATED AIRSPEED - KCAS

It is the indicated airspeed corrected for the anemometric system
position error.
EQUIVALENT AIRSPEED - EAS

It is the calibrated airspeed corrected for adiabatic compressible flow
for the particular altitude. At sea level, the equivalent airspeed is equal
to the calibrated airspeed.
TRUE AIRSPEED - TAS

It is the airplane speed in relation to the air and equal to the equivalent
air speed corrected for air density. At sea level, ISA, the true airspeed
is equal to the equivalent airspeed.
GROUND SPEED - GS
It is the airplane speed in relation to the ground. It is the true airspeed
corrected by the wind speed.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
AIRPORT DECLARED FIELD DATA

TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE - TORA
The runway length declared available and suitable for the ground run
of an airplane taking off.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE - TODA

The length of the runway plus the length of any available clearway,
except that the length of any clearway included must not be greater
than one-half the length of the runway.
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE - ASDA

It is the takeoff run available (TORA) plus the available stopway
length. If the stopway surface characteristics are substantially different
from those of the runway, implying that the airplane braking
capabilities on the stopway surface might be different from those of the
runway, then the available stopway length cannot be added to the
TORA, and the ASDA will be equal to the TORA.
LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE - LDA

The runway length declared available and suitable for a landing
airplane, taking into account the obstruction in its approach path.
STOPWAY
It is an area beyond the takeoff runway, no less wide than the runway
and centered upon the extended centerline of the runway, able to
support the airplane during an aborted takeoff, without causing
structural damage to the airplane, and designated by the airport
authorities for use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted
takeoff. CAFM considers that the stopway surface presents the same
braking capabilities as the runway surface. Therefore, for CAFM use,
the surface characteristics of the stopway cannot be substantially
different from those of the runway, because no correction factor is
considered by the software, concerning different airplane braking
capabilities on the stopway surface.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CLEARWAY
It is an area beyond the runway, not less than 500 ft wide, centrally
located about the extended centerline of the runway, and under the
control of the airport authorities. It is expressed in terms of a clear way
plane extending from the end of the runway with an upward slope not
exceeding 1.25%, above which no object or terrain protrudes.
Threshold lights may protrude above this plane if their height above
the end of the runway is 26” or less, and if located to each side of the
runway.
RUNWAY SLOPE
It is the airport takeoff field surface inclination at the takeoff run
direction, in relation to the horizontal, expressed in percent. Uphill
slopes are positive, downhill slopes are negative.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING DISTANCES

TAKEOFF DISTANCE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (DRY
RUNWAY) - TOD/OEI
It is the distance along the takeoff path from the start of takeoff to the
point at which the airplane is 35 ft above the takeoff surface, at a
speed not less than V2, and the critical engine having failed at VEF.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (WET OR

CONTAMINATED RUNWAY) - TOD/OEI
It is the distance along the takeoff path from the start of takeoff to the
point at which the airplane is 15 ft above the takeoff surface, the
critical engine having failed at VEF.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE ALL ENGINES OPERATING - TOD/AEO

It is 115% of the distance along the takeoff path, with all engines
operating, from the start of takeoff to the point at which the airplane is
35 ft above the takeoff surface.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF RUN ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (DRY RUNWAY)

It is the gross distance along the takeoff path from the start of takeoff
to the mid point between lift off and the point at which the airplane is
35 ft above the takeoff surface, the critical engine having failed at VEF.
TAKEOFF RUN ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (WET OR

CONTAMINATED RUNWAY)
It is the same as the takeoff distance with one engine inoperative, wet
or contaminated runway.
TAKEOFF RUN ALL ENGINES OPERATING

It is 115% of the distance along the takeoff path, with all engines
operating, from the start of takeoff to the mid point between lift off and
the point at which the airplane is 35 ft above the takeoff surface.
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

(ASD/OEI)
It is the distance necessary to accelerate from a standing start to VEF
with all engines operating, accelerate from VEF to V1 assuming the
critical engine fails at VEF, take the first action to abort the takeoff at V1
and come to full stop.
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE ALL ENGINES OPERATING

(ASD/AEO)
It is the distance necessary to accelerate from a standing start to V1
with all engines operating, take the first action to abort the takeoff at V1
and come to full stop.
BALANCED FIELD LENGTH (OR BALANCED RUNWAY)

It is a runway which takeoff distance available (TODA) is equal to the
accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA). Otherwise the runway is
defined as an Unbalanced Runway.
BALANCED TAKEOFF
It is a takeoff where the takeoff distance with one engine inoperative
(TOD/OEI) is equal to the greater of the accelerate-stop distances
(ASD/OEI or ASD/AEO). Otherwise the takeoff is defined as an
Unbalanced Takeoff.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ALIGNMENT ALLOWANCE
It is the runway length distance that is lost when the airplane
maneuvers into the runway prior to takeoff. There are two alignments
distances:
− ASDA Alignment: is the distance from the airplane nose
landing gear to the start of the runway surface. This allowance
is subtracted from the accelerate-stop distance available.
− TODA Alignment: is the distance from the airplane main
landing gear to the start of the runway surface. This allowance
is subtracted from the takeoff run available (TORA) and from
the takeoff distance available (TODA).
LANDING DISTANCE - LD
It is the distance necessary to land from a screen height of 50 ft above
the landing surface and come to a complete stop.
The landing distance provided by CAFM for dry runway condition is the
unfactored landing distance multiplied by a factor of 1.67.
The landing distance provided by CAFM for wet runway condition is the
factored dry landing distance multiplied by a factor of 1.15.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING RUNWAY CONDITIONS

DRY RUNWAY
A runway is considered dry when it is clear of contaminants and visible
moisture within the required length and width being used.
GROOVED OR POROUS RUNWAY SURFACES

Both are intended to improve airplane performance in wet runways by
enhancing drainage capability. In grooved surfaces this is achieved
through a specially prepared pavement with transverse wire comb
texturing when the surface is in the plastic stage or with closely
spaced transverse grooves. For porous surface drainage capability is
enhanced by the use of voids on a specially treated wearing course
(porous friction course).
WET RUNWAY
A runway is considered wet when it is neither dry nor contaminated.
AFM-1868
5-01 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - STANDING WATER

A runway is considered contaminated by standing water when covered
by more than 3 mm deep water.
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - SLUSH

A runway is considered contaminated by slush, when covered by
partly melted snow or ice with high water content, such that it cannot
significantly resist compression by hand, and of an assumed specific
gravity of 0.85.
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - COMPACTED SNOW

A runway is considered contaminated by compacted snow when
covered by snow that has been compressed into a solid mass such
the airplane wheels, at representative operating pressure and
loadings, will run on the surface without causing significant rutting.
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - DRY SNOW

A runway is considered contaminated by dry snow when covered by
fresh snow with relatively little liquid water content, such that water
cannot be squeezed out when compacted by hand, and with a specific
gravity not greater than 0.2.
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - WET SNOW

It is a snow that will stick together when compressed but will not
readily allow water to flow from it when squeezed, with an assumed
specific gravity of 0.5.
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY - DRY OR WET ICE

It is a runway surface condition where braking action is expected to be
very low, due to the presence of wet ice.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING SPEEDS

MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED ON GROUND - VMCG
Is the minimum speed on the ground at which, when the critical engine
is suddenly made inoperative, it is possible to maintain control of the
airplane with the remaining engine at takeoff thrust, with use of the
primary aerodynamic controls alone, and not deviate more than 30 ft
laterally from the centerline at any point during the takeoff run.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN THE AIR - VMCA

It is the minimum speed at which, when the critical engine is suddenly
made inoperative, it is possible to maintain control of the airplane with
the remaining engine at takeoff thrust, and maintain a straight flight
with an angle of bank of not more than 5°.
MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED DURING LANDING - VMCL

During one engine inoperative approach or landing configuration, it is
the minimum speed that is possible to maintain control of the airplane
within defined limits while applying variations of power.
ENGINE FAILURE SPEED - VEF

It is defined as the calibrated airspeed at which the critical engine is
assumed to fail.
V1 SPEED
It is the speed selected for each takeoff, based upon approved
performance data and specified conditions, that is represented as
follows:
- The maximum speed by which a rejected takeoff must be initiated
to assure that a safe stop can be completed within the remaining
runway, or runway and stopway or;
- The minimum speed that assures that a takeoff can be safely
completed within the remaining runway, or runway and clearway,
after failure of the most critical engine at a designated speed; and
- The single speed that permits a successful stop or continued
takeoff when operating at the minimum allowable field length for a
particular weight.
NOTE: - Safe completion of the takeoff includes both attainment of
the designated screen height at the end of the runway or
clearway, and safe obstacle clearance along the designated
takeoff flight path.
- Reference performance conditions for determining V1 may
not necessarily account for all variables possibly affecting a
takeoff, such as runway surface friction, failures other than a
critical engine, etc.
BALANCED V1
It is the V1 speed that assures a balanced takeoff.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
OPTIMUM V1
It is the V1 speed that assures the greatest V1 dependent takeoff
weight.
ROTATION SPEED - VR
It is the speed at which the pilot starts to rotate the airplane during the
takeoff ground run.
TAKEOFF SAFETY SPEED - V2

It is the target speed to be attained at 35 ft height above runway
surface, the critical engine having failed at VEF.
MINIMUM UNSTICK SPEED - VMU

It is the minimum speed at which the airplane can safely lift-off the
ground, and continue takeoff without displaying any hazard to the
airplane.
LIFT-OFF SPEED - VLOF

It is the speed at which the airplane first becomes airborne during
takeoff.
MAXIMUM TIRE SPEED

It is the maximum ground speed for which the tires are certified.
REFERENCE STALL SPEED - VSR

It is the minimum steady flight speed at which the airplane is
controllable and corresponding the maximum lift coefficient which
satisfies the 1-g criteria.
FLAP RETRACTION SPEED - VFR

It is the speed at which the takeoff flaps retraction should be initiated
during the acceleration segment in case of an engine failure takeoff or
go-around.
FINAL SEGMENT SPEED - VFS

It is the speed to be achieved at the end of the acceleration segment
and start of the final segment of the takeoff flight path, with one engine
inoperative, landing gear retracted, and flaps retracted.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPROACH CLIMB SPEED

It is the go-around speed in the approach configuration, with one
engine inoperative, approach flaps, and landing gear retracted.
LANDING CLIMB SPEED

It is the go-around speed in the landing configuration, with all engines
operating, landing flaps, and landing gear extended.
LANDING REFERENCE SPEED - VREF

It is the stabilized approach speed that is maintained down to the 50 ft
height above the landing surface.
MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY SPEED - VMBE

It is the highest speed from which the airplane may be brought to a
stop without exceeding the maximum energy absorption capability of
the brakes.
V1/VR RATIO
It is the ratio between V1 and VR. V1 can never exceed VR, therefore
the maximum V1/VR is 1.00.
V2/VS RATIO
It is the ratio between V2 and VS. Regulations set a minimum value for
this ratio, assuring safe airplane handling in climb after takeoff. For
each flaps position, there is a certified V2/VS range.
FIXED V2/VS
It is a specific value for the V2/VS ratio defined to be considered in the
calculation of the maximum takeoff weight.
OPTIMUM V2/VS
The optimum V2/VS is the ratio, within the certified range, that assures
the best takeoff weight, based on the fact that the takeoff weights
limited by field length, climb and obstacle clearance are directly
affected by its value.
AFM-1868
5-01 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF PATH
The takeoff path assumes failure of one engine at VEF and extends
from a standing start to a point in takeoff at which the airplane is at
least 1500 ft above takeoff surface and has achieved the enroute
configuration and final segment climb speed. The CAFM determines
the takeoff path up to 3000 ft AGL.
TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH
The takeoff flight path starts at 35 ft above the takeoff surface, at the
end of the one-engine-inoperative takeoff distance (TOD/OEI), and
ends at 3000 ft AGL, for the CAFM. The takeoff flight path is divided
into four segments related to distinct changes in configuration, power,
and speed: first segment, second segment, acceleration segment, final
segment. All segments are flown with the critical engine inoperative.
GROSS TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH
It is the actual takeoff flight path.
NET TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH
It is the actual takeoff flight path (gross path) reduced, at each takeoff
segment, by a gradient of climb defined by the regulations.
LEVEL-OFF HEIGHT
It is the height or altitude where the airplane is leveled for acceleration
and flap retraction, i.e. where the acceleration segment takes place.
The gross level-off height is related to the gross takeoff flight path,
while the net level-off height is related to the net takeoff flight path.
The airplane acceleration in the net takeoff flight path is the actual
gross airplane acceleration reduced by the acceleration decrement
equivalent to the climb gradient reduction defined by the regulations.
MINIMUM LEVEL-OFF HEIGHT
It is defined by regulations as 400 ft AGL. The user can define higher
levels.
MAXIMUM LEVEL-OFF HEIGHT
It is the height where the takeoff thrust time limit occurs at the end of
the acceleration segment. The maximum level-off height cannot be
lower than the minimum level-off height.
FIRST SEGMENT
Starts at 35 ft above the takeoff surface, at the end of the one-engine-
inoperative takeoff distance (TOD/OEI), and extends to the point
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
where the landing gear is fully retracted using a constant V2 speed and
takeoff flaps.
SECOND SEGMENT
Extends from the end of the first segment up to the level-off height,
with takeoff flaps, gear up, and constant V2 speed.
EXTENDED SECOND SEGMENT

It is an extension of the second takeoff climb segment, above the
maximum level off height, to improve obstacle clearance performance.
THIRD (OR ACCELERATION) SEGMENT

Extends from the end of the second segment, at the level-off height,
up to a point where the airplane is accelerated to final segment speed
(VFS) while retracting flaps.
FINAL SEGMENT
Extends from the end of the third segment to a gross height at least at
1500 ft AGL, with flaps up and at final segment speed (VFS). The final
segment ends at 3000 ft AGL for the CAFM.
WEIGHTS
REGULATED TAKEOFF WEIGHT - RTOW
It is the maximum allowed takeoff weight at the start of takeoff run,
derived by complying with all requirements, such as those related to
field length, climb gradients, brake energy, tire speed, obstacle
clearance and structure.
TAKEOFF WEIGHT - TOW

It is the gross weight of the airplane at the start of takeoff run.
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT - MTOW

It is the maximum structural takeoff weight.
CLIMB LIMITED TAKEOFF WEIGHT (OR TAKEOFF WAT)

It is the maximum allowed takeoff weight for the airport altitude and
temperature, and complying with the takeoff and go-around climb
gradient requirements.
AFM-1868
5-01 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
V1 DEPENDENT TAKEOFF WEIGHT
It is the takeoff weight affected by V1 selection. The V1 dependent

takeoff weights are those limited by field length (TOD/OEI, ASD/OEI,
ASD/AEO), brake energy and obstacle clearance. The non-V1
dependent takeoff weights are those limited by TOD/AEO, climb
gradients, tire speed and structure.
LANDING WEIGHT - LW
It is the gross weight of the airplane at the landing screen height.
MAXIMUM LANDING WEIGHT - MLW

It is the maximum structural landing weight.
CLIMB LIMITED LANDING WEIGHT (OR LANDING WAT)

It is the maximum allowed landing weight for the airport altitude and
temperature, and complying with the go-around climb gradient
requirements, either for AEO or OEI conditions.
REGULATED LANDING WEIGHT - RLW

It is the maximum allowed landing weight, derived by complying with
all requirements, such as those related to field length, climb gradients,
brake energy, tire speed, and structure.
MINIMUM LANDING WEIGHT

It is the minimum allowed landing weight, derived by complying with
steep approach requirements, based on the airplane approach glide
capability.
ENGINE RATINGS
CRITICAL ENGINE
It is the engine whose failure would most adversely affect the
performance or handling qualities of the airplane.
TAKEOFF THRUST
It is the maximum thrust available for takeoff, usually time limited.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL TAKEOFF THRUST - NTO

It is the maximum thrust available for the all-engine-operating takeoff,
or for the one-engine-inoperative takeoff when ATTCS is not used. It is
usually time limited.
AUTOMATIC TAKEOFF THRUST CONTROL SYSTEM - ATTCS
It is the system that increases the Normal Takeoff Thrust on the live
engine to Reserved Takeoff Thrust, when the other engine fails. It is
designed for saving engine life, since most of takeoffs do not suffer
engine failure, thus allowing use of Normal Takeoff Thrust in every
all-engine-operating takeoff. ATTCS is also used to increase the
Normal Go-Around Thrust on the live engine to Maximum Go-Around
Thrust, when the other engine fails.
DERATED TAKEOFF THRUST
It is a takeoff thrust level less than the maximum takeoff thrust, which
is considered by the CAFM as an independent and clearly
distinguished takeoff thrust rating that complies with all takeoff
performance requirements. When operating with derated takeoff
thrust, the takeoff thrust setting parameter that is presented by the
CAFM is considered a normal takeoff operating limit. It is usually time
limited.
REDUCED TAKEOFF THRUST
It is a takeoff thrust level less than the maximum takeoff thrust, or less
than the derated takeoff thrust. When operating with reduced takeoff
thrust, the takeoff thrust setting parameter that is presented by the
CAFM is not considered a takeoff operating limit. It is usually time
limited.
GO-AROUND THRUST
It is the maximum thrust available for go-around, usually time limited.
NORMAL GO-AROUND THRUST
It is the maximum thrust available for the all-engine-operating
go-around, or for the one-engine-inoperative go-around when ATTCS
is not used. It is usually time limited.
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS THRUST
It is the maximum thrust that may be used continuously, not time
limited.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM CLIMB THRUST

It is the maximum thrust available for use during climb to cruise flight
level, step climb, or for acceleration to cruise speed, with all engines
operating, not time limited.
MAXIMUM CRUISE THRUST
It is the maximum thrust available for cruise with all engines operating,
not time limited.
IDLE THRUST
It is rather a thrust lever position suitable for a minimum thrust
operation. This may be a thrust idle mode for ground operation
(ground idle), a thrust idle mode for normal flight (flight idle), and a
thrust idle mode for landing approach (approach idle).
ENROUTE AND TURN PERFORMANCE

CLIMB OR DESCENT GRADIENT
It is the tangent of the angle of climb or descent flight path, in relation
to the horizontal plane, usually expressed as percentage. Climb
gradients are positive while descent gradients are negative.
DRIFTDOWN
It is the descent flight path following an engine failure, when the
airplane is not able to maintain cruise altitude.
CEILING
It is the maximum altitude at which straight and level flight is possible.
BUFFET
It is the vibration felt by the pilot caused by boundary layer detachment
due to high angles of attack or shock waves.
LOAD FACTOR
It is the ratio between the aerodynamic force component acting normal
to the longitudinal axis of the airplane and the airplane weight. A
positive load factor is one in which the aerodynamic force acts upward
with respect to the airplane.
BANK ANGLE
It is the airplane lateral inclination of the wings, in relation to the
horizontal plane.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
INPUT DATA ADJUSTMENT TO ENVELOPE
Input data outside the airplane operational envelope is usually
adjusted by the CAFM. This is particularly frequent for input
temperatures, but can also occur for input altitudes and speeds. A
message indicating that input values have been adjusted to the AFM
limits will be shown in the “Messages” tab.
BALANCED V1 VERSUS OPTIMUM V1

Optimum V1 assures the greatest takeoff weight among the V1
dependent weights. Balanced V1 can lead to the same takeoff weights
as the optimum V1, but not always, depending on the field lengths
available (TORA, TODA, ASDA), and on limitations such as brake
energy, obstacle clearance, V1 range restrictions, etc.
When balanced V1 is requested and a balanced takeoff cannot be
calculated, CAFM resumes calculation considering the optimum V1.
The balanced V1 is always presented as the optimum V1, and one
must compare TOD/OEI to ASD to check whether they are equal or
not, in order to assure that a balanced takeoff occurs.
V2/VS INPUT ADJUSTMENT

V2/VS input data outside the airplane approved range is adjusted by
the CAFM. A message indicating that input values have been adjusted
to the AFM limits will be shown in the “Messages” tab.
The input and range V2/VS values are “label” values in the sense that
they usually occur in the low thrust to weight ratio region, where the
airplane is at or close to the climb limiting condition. At high thrust to
weight ratio regions the airplane has better accelerating capabilities,
which leads to higher speeds achieved at the takeoff screen height,
thus increasing the output V2/VS to numbers above the original “label”
input.
LEVEL-OFF HEIGHT
CAFM allows selection of fixed level-off height, maximum level-off
height only, minimum level-off height only, or both maximum and
minimum level-off heights.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
The minimum or the fixed level-off height cannot be lower than 400 ft
AGL, but the user can define higher figures. The maximum level-off
height will never be lower than the minimum level-off height.
The fixed level-off height is not changed during flight path calculation.
Therefore, for airport analysis mode, airplane weight will be reduced
as required for obstacle clearance with fixed level-off height. On the
other hand, maximum and minimum level-off heights are adjusted for
optimizing obstacle clearance analysis, except that the user defined
minimum level-off height prevails as a minimum that cannot be
reduced.
When both maximum and minimum level-off heights are available, any
level-off height in between them can be scheduled for flight.
APPROACH FLAP SELECTION FOR TAKEOFF ANALYSIS

The approach flap selected for takeoff runway analysis is used to
compute the climb limited takeoff weight due to the minimum climb
gradient required for go-around at the same airport. There is four climb
limited weights (or WAT limitations) for takeoff, so called: first segment
WAT; second segment WAT, final segment WAT, and approach climb
WAT.
Since the approach flap is tied to the landing flap, one must consider
the landing flap selected for landing at the same airport in case an
emergency occurs and an immediate landing is required after takeoff.
The selected landing flap will dictate the approach flap for takeoff
analysis.
REVERSE THRUST PERFORMANCE CREDIT

Reverse thrust performance credit can be granted according to
operational regulations. Usually, reverse thrust credit can be taken for:
- Takeoff field length performance: wet and contaminated runways;
- Landing field length performance: contaminated runway.
Regulations also require that the reverse thrust system reliability be
demonstrated to a certain degree. Lack of this demonstration will
preclude calculation of reverse thrust performance.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF MAXIMUM STOPPING MARGIN

The use of minimum V1 has long been understood to be a valuable aid
in the prevention of rejected takeoff (RTO) overrun accidents. The
minimum V1 provided by the CAFM will be the lowest V1 for the
RTOW. As such, it will provide the greatest margin between the
accelerate-stop distance available and the accelerate-stop distance
required. For airplanes with relatively low ground minimum control
speeds, the lowest permissible V1 may be as such as 40 knots below
the rotation speed, VR. This puts the pilot into a position of having to
continue a takeoff following an engine failure at a very low speed.
The input parameters provided in boxes “Maximum stopping margin”
and “Maximum difference between V1 and VR” are intended to allow
the airline user to take advantage of the benefits provided by the use
of minimum V1 while at the same time reducing the exposure time
between V1 and VR to suit his needs.
As actual takeoff weight is reduced below the field length limited
weight (FLLW) there is a range of V1 speeds defined by V1 MIN and V1
MAX. The greatest stopping margin is provided when V1 = V1 MIN. At
relatively low actual takeoff weights the stopping margin provided by
V1 MIN may be much greater than the required to provide reasonable
protection for an RTO overrun. There is a corresponding large
exposure time between V1 and VR where a takeoff would have to be
continued following an engine failure.
Maximum difference between V1 and VR (rV) allows the user to limit
the calculation of V1 MIN as follows: as actual takeoff weight is
reduced below the FLLW the calculation of V1 MIN proceeds normally;
at the point where V1 MIN is equal to VR – rV, then the calculation of
V1 MIN is governed by the specified speed difference.
Maximum stopping margin allows the user to limit the calculation of
V1 MIN as follows: as actual takeoff weight is reduced below the
FLLW, the calculation of V1 MIN proceeds normally; at the point where
the specified stopping margin is reached, the calculation of V1 MIN is
governed by the stopping margin, i.e., V1 MIN is increased in order to
keep the stopping margin. V1 MIN will not be allowed to be greater
than V1 MAX (VR or VMBE).
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
TAKEOFF FIELD LENGTH - WET AND CONTAMINATED RUNWAY

When “Airport Analysis” calculation type is selected, the wet or
contaminated runway takeoff performance is compared to the dry
runway takeoff performance, and the lesser takeoff weight is taken as
the maximum field length limited takeoff weight.
When “Given Weight” calculation type is selected, the wet or
contaminated runway takeoff performance is not compared to the dry
runway takeoff performance. The resulting distances refer exclusively
to the requested wet or contaminated runway takeoff performance.
TAKEOFF FROM AND LANDING ON GROOVED OR PFC RUNWAY

Airplane operators who wish to use the grooved or PFC runway
accelerate-stop distances and/or braking friction coefficient must
determine that the design, construction, and maintenance aspects are
acceptable for each runway for which such credit is sought.
The airplane operator must coordinate with each Airport Authority in
order that appropriate standards are complied with.
GRADIENT LOSS IN TURN

Gradient loss in turn after takeoff is supplied by the CAFM, either for
V2 with takeoff flaps or for VFS with flaps up.
Landing gear may be retracted or extended, and thrust may be
Takeoff Thrust or Maximum Continuous Thrust, with all engines
operating (AEO) or one engine inoperative (OEI).
The speed is incremented as following:
Bank Angle Takeoff Flaps Flaps Retracted

From 0° to 15° V2 VFS
From 15° up to 20° V2 + 5 KIAS VFS + 5 KIAS
from 20° up to 25° V2 + 10 KIAS VFS + 10 KIAS
Once bank angle is known, the speed is set according to table above
and the climb gradients are calculated for both wings level and the
specified bank angle. The gradient loss is the difference between both.
Notice that for wings level the climb gradient is calculated also at the
incremented speed, as applicable, not at the original V2 or VFS.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-01

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ATTCS FOR GO-AROUND

ATTCS selection is not available for Go-Around, both in the Landing
module and in the Takeoff module. CAFM assumes ATTCS always set
to ON for Go-Around, due to airplane system design characteristics.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FOR GO-AROUND

Air Conditioning selection is not available for Go-Around, both in the
Landing module and in the Takeoff module. CAFM assumes Air
Conditioning for Go-Around set as:
- Go-Around AEO: Air Conditioning for Go-Around is always set to
ON.
- Go-Around OEI, climb gradient and WAT calculations: Air
Conditioning is set to ON for airport pressure altitude greater than
9700 ft, otherwise is set to OFF.
- Go-Around OEI, VMCL calculation: Air Conditioning is always set to
OFF.
VREF OVERSPEED
The landing module of the CAFM allows for the calculation of landing
performance with an increased landing reference speed
(VREF OVERSPEED), with the airplane in normal conditions.
The effect of the overspeed required by AFM procedures for landing in

emergency or abnormal configurations has been already taken into
account in the landing distance factors therein presented. Therefore,
the CAFM VREF OVERSPEED feature is not to be used for calculation
of the landing performance for the AFM emergency or abnormal
cases, due to the different airplane configurations involved.
DEMONSTRATED CROSSWIND
The maximum demonstrated crosswind component for takeoff and
landing is 28 kt. This maximum demonstrated value is not considered
to be limiting.
AFM-1868
5-01 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
NOISE LEVELS
The following Effective Perceived Noise Levels (EPNL’s) comply with,
ANAC RBHA 36 Stage 3/Chapter 3 noise limits and were obtained by
analysis of approved data from noise tests conducted under the
provisions of ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1 - Chapter 3 and ANAC
RBHA 36.
For airplanes with placard P/N 171-22644-0001 installed, the following
noise levels comply with RBAC 36, corresponding to Title 14 CFR
Part 36, Appendix B, Stage 4 maximum noise level requirements and
were obtained by analysis of approved data from noise tests
conducted under the provisions of ANAC RBHA 36. The noise
measurement and evaluation procedures used to obtain these noise
levels are considered by ANAC to be equivalent to the Chapter 4
noise level required by the International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO) in Annex 16, Volume I, Appendix 2, Amendment 7, effective
March 21, 2002.
For the airplanes equipped with both right and left hand side engines
with the following reference:
− EBUCF34-10E5A1G07
The noise levels are presented in the following table:
NOISE LEVEL IN EPNdB
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
Flyover Lateral Approach
EMBRAER 195 STD 83.0 92.6 92.5
EMBRAER 195 LR 84.1 92.5 92.5
EMBRAER 195 AR 84.9 92.4 92.6

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
Otherwise, the noise levels are:
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
EMBRAER 195 STD 84.3 93.1 92.8
EMBRAER 195 LR 85.4 93.0 92.8
EMBRAER 195 AR 86.2 92.9 92.9
The noise levels for EMBRAER 195 equipped with APU Hamilton
Sundstrand APS 2300 and two GE CF34-10E5A1, were established
as follows:
− Flyover: at maximum takeoff weight, flaps setting 1 and thrust
power cutback;
− Lateral: at maximum takeoff weight, flaps setting 1 and with all
engines at maximum takeoff power setting;
− Approach: at maximum landing weight, 3° glide slope,
V REF + 10 KIAS and flaps setting FULL.
No determination has been made by the National Civil Aviation
Agency - Brazil (ANAC) that the noise levels of this airplane are or
should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into, or out of
any airport.
AFM-1868
5-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
NOISE LEVELS
RBHA 36.
March 21, 2002.
− EBUCF34-10E7G07
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
EMBRAER 190 STD 82.5 92.8 92.5
EMBRAER 190 LR 83.7 92.6 92.5
EMBRAER 190 AR 84.6 92.6 92.5

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
EMBRAER 190 STD 83.7 93.3 92.7
EMBRAER 190 LR 85.1 93.2 92.7
EMBRAER 190 AR 86.1 93.1 92.8
Sundstrand APS 2300 and two GE CF34-10E7, were established as
follows:
power cutback;
any airport.
AFM-1868
5-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
NOISE LEVELS
RBHA 36.
March 21, 2002.
− EBUCF34-10E7G07
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
EMBRAER 195 STD 83.0 92.6 92.5
EMBRAER 195 LR 84.0 92.5 92.5
EMBRAER 195 AR 84.9 92.4 92.6

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED 5-05

FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONDITION
Airplane
Model
EMBRAER 195 STD 84.2 93.1 92.8
EMBRAER 195 LR 85.2 93.1 92.8
EMBRAER 195 AR 86.1 93.0 92.9
Sundstrand APS 2300 and two GE CF34-10E7, were established as
follows:
power cutback;
any airport.
AFM-1868
5-05 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
POSITION ERROR CORRECTIONS

The corrections to be applied to indicated airspeed or altitude in order
to eliminate the effect of location of the static port on instrument
readings are shown in the Airspeed Position Error Correction charts
and in the Altitude Position Error Correction charts. No position error
correction is required for ADS 1 and ADS 2 and they are only
applicable for ADS 3 according to the following conditions:
- Airspeed Position Error Correction for flaps 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and full.
- Altitude Position Error Correction for flaps 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and full.
AIRSPEED POSITION ERROR CORRECTION CHARTS
USE
Enter the chart with indicated airspeed, considering the appropriate
configuration, to read airspeed correction. The calibrated airspeed will
be the sum of the indicated airspeed and airspeed correction.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
AIRSPEED POSITION ERROR CORRECTION

AIR DATA SYSTEM 3 - FLAPS 0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0 PRESSURE ALTITUDE - ft
20000 AND BELOW

1.0
CORRECTION - kt
30000 AND ABOVE

0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
CALIBRATED AIRSPEED = INDICATED AIRSPEED + DV
-4.0
190cta13 - 30MAR2005
-5.0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
INDICATED AIRSPEED - kt
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
CORRECTION - kt
0.5
0.0 PRESSURE ALTITUDE - ft
-0.5
10000 AND BELOW
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0 20000
190cta14 - 30MAR2005
-2.5 CALIBRATED AIRSPEED = INDICATED AIRSPEED + DV
-3.0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL

3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
CORRECTION - kt
PRESSURE ALTITUDE - ft
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
10000 AND BELOW
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
20000
-3.0
190cta15 - 30MAR2005

-3.5
-4.0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

AIR DATA SYSTEM 3 - FLAPS 3, 4 and 5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
CORRECTION - kt
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
10000 AND BELOW
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
20000
-3.0

-3.5
190cta16 - 30MAR2005
-4.0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL

AIR DATA SYSTEM 3 - FLAPS FULL
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
CORRECTION - kt
0.0
-0.5
10000 AND BELOW
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
20000
-3.0

-3.5
190cta17 - 30MAR2005
-4.0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ALTITUDE POSITION ERROR CORRECTION CHARTS
USE
Enter the appropriate chart with indicated airspeed, the indicated
pressure altitude considering the appropriate airplane configuration to
read the altimetric correction.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL
ALTITUDE POSITION ERROR CORRECTION

30
20
10
-10
CORRECTION - ft
-20
-30
20000 AND BELOW
-40
-50
CORRECTED ALTITUDE = INDICATED ALTITUDE - DH
-60
30000 AND ABOVE
-70
190cta18 - 30MAR2005
-80
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

80
70
60
20000
50
40
30
CORRECTION - ft
20
10
10000 AND BELOW
-10
-20
-30
-40 CORRECTED ALTITUDE = INDICATED ALTITUDE - DH

190cta19 - 30MAR2005
-50
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL

100
90
20000
80
70
60
50
40
CORRECTION - ft
30
20
10
10000 AND BELOW

0
-10
-20
-30
-50
190cta20 - 30MAR2005
-60
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

FLIGHT
MANUAL

AIR DATA SYSTEM 3 - FLAPS 3, 4 AND 5
120
110
100
90
20000
80
70
60
50
40
CORRECTION - ft
30
20
10
10000 AND BELOW
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-80
-90
190cta21 - 30MAR2005
-100
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED 5-10

FLIGHT
MANUAL

AIR DATA SYSTEM 3 - FLAPS FULL
80
70
20000
60
50
40
30
CORRECTION - ft
20
10
0
10000 AND BELOW
-10
-20
-30

190cta22 - 30MAR2005
-50
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
AFM-1868
5-10 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE SUPPLEMENTS
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 COMPUTERIZED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
2 PRIMUS EPIC - FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 CATEGORY II OPERATION
4 RVSM OPERATION
5 NOT APPLICABLE
6 HEAD UP GUIDANCE SYSTEM OPERATION
7 NOT APPLICABLE
8 NOT APPLICABLE
9 NOT APPLICABLE
10 ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG
11 NOT APPLICABLE
12 NOT APPLICABLE
13 NOT APPLICABLE
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S-TOC

SUPPLEMENTS AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
14 NOT APPLICABLE
15 NOT APPLICABLE
16 NOT APPLICABLE
17 RADIAL TIRES PERFORMANCE
18 NOT APPLICABLE
19 CONTROLLER TO PILOT DATA LINK

COMMUNICATIONS (CPDLC)
20 NOT APPLICABLE
21 NOT APPLICABLE
22 NOT APPLICABLE
23 NOT APPLICABLE
24 NOT APPLICABLE
AFM-1868
S-TOC ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE SUPPLEMENT 1
COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 1
COMPUTERIZED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction........................................................................ S1-00 ........02
Software Presentation ....................................................... S1-02 ........01
Limitations ......................................................................... S1-05 ........01
Normal Procedures ........................................................... S1-10 ........01

Emergency and Abnormal Procedures ............................. S1-10 ........01
Performance...................................................................... S1-15 ........01
Engine Data.................................................................. S1-15 ........01
Takeoff ......................................................................... S1-15 ........01
Enroute......................................................................... S1-15 ........01
Approach and Landing ................................................. S1-15 ........01
Quick Turn Around Weight........................................... S1-15 ........01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-00

SUPPLEMENT 1 AIRPLANE
COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This Supplement presents the Computerized Airplane Flight Manual
CAFM - for EMBRAER 190 and EMBRAER 195 performance
calculation.
AFM-1868
S1-00 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SOFTWARE PRESENTATION
The Computerized Airplane Flight Manual - CAFM performance
calculation software has been developed employing a modular
concept and in a manner that allows the user to run only the specific
configuration applicable to his/her airplane.
Among the many modules that compose the software, three kinds are
worth emphasizing:
− The Main Computer Interface – it is an user friendly calling
program that makes possible to input data and to obtain outputs
from the calculation.
− The Calculation Module – the core of the software, which
obtains the inputs from the Calling Program and performs the
required calculations.
− The Database – a set of files read by the Calculation Module, to
obtain engine and airplane data.
Each one of the modules above is approved by the Certification
Authority and bears a dedicated part number. When using the
software, a cross-reference with the list of approved versions in the
limitations Section of this Supplement must be made.
The CAFM version is composed of two numbers. If there is an update
only to the databases, the second number only moves on (e.g:
Version 3.2 evolves to Version 3.3). When the CAFM is revised with
changes on the Main Computer Interface or Calculation Modules the
version moves on (e.g: Version 3.2 evolves to Version 4.0).
Although the user interface is very friendly, a dedicated User's Guide
is also issued, as a separate document, providing detailed information
on software usage. In addition, the Main Computer Interface provides
a Help feature with useful on line information.
The CAFM is not intended for use on board the airplane.
The operator is responsible for the correct use of this software.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-02

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S1-02 CTA APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
CAFM-195-ANAC-004
CAFM-195-ANAC-004 is constituted by specific Software Module part
numbers and Engine Databases to allow performance calculations for
airplanes with the following configuration:
− EMBRAER 195 airplanes.
− CF34-10E5A1 engines.
WARNING: • CAFM VERSION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH

AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION.
• VERSIONS NOT PRESENTED IN THIS
SUPPLEMENT ARE AUTOMATICALLY
CANCELLED AND MUST NOT BE USED.
• THE CAFM CG ENVELOPE OPTION MUST
ALWAYS BE SET TO STANDARD, UNLESS
OTHERWISE STATED IN THE AFM LIMITATION
SECTION.
• THE CAFM TIRES MODEL OPTION MUST ALWAYS
BE SET TO BIAS. THE RADIAL OPTION MUST BE
SET ONLY WHEN OPERATING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LIMITATIONS AND PROCEDURES
DESCRIBED IN SUPPLEMENT 17 RADIAL TIRES
PERFORMANCE.
• WHEN GROOVED AND/OR POROUS SURFACE
TYPE IS SELECTED, LANDING IN WET
CONDITIONS IS LIMITED TO AIRPORTS LOWER
THAN OR AT 3500 FT.
CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-05

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE
WARNING: AIRPLANES PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0015 (LOAD 21.2)

MUST SELECT FIXED V2/VS OPTION AND MUST USE
ONE OF THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
V2/VS 1.18 1.17 1.17 1.21
VERSION 7.0
Version Features:
− Updates CAFM calculation modules, affecting takeoff
performance software output.
− Removes all the “Best of” options from the Flight path analysis
option field in the CAFM takeoff interface.
− Removes the "Maximum stopping margin" option from the
CAFM takeoff interface.
− Disables the combination of fixed level-off value with “Extended
2nd segment” in the CAFM takeoff interface.
NOTE: - This CAFM installer incorporates the media identification (i.e.

CAFM-195-ANAC-004 version 7.0), which will be displayed
on the screen after installation and must be crosschecked
with the AFM.
- This version incorporates all capabilities of the previous
versions.
AFM-1868
S1-05 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
VERSION 7.1
Version Features:
− Performance calculations extended up to ISA + 39ºC (***).

(***) This feature must be used associated with AFM supplement 13.
NOTE: - This CAFM installer incorporates the media identification

(i.e. CAFM-195-ANAC-004 version 7.1), which will be
displayed on the screen after installation and must be
crosschecked with the AFM.
versions.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-05

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S1-05 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
CAFM-190-ANAC-007
numbers and Engine Database to allow performance calculations for
− CF34-10E7 engines.

SUPPLEMENT ARE AUTOMATICALLY CANCELLED
AND MUST NOT BE USED.
• THE CAFM CG ENVELOPE OPTION MUST ALWAYS
BE SET TO STANDARD, UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED IN THE AFM LIMITATION SECTION.
PERFORMANCE.
THAN OR AT 3500 FT.
• AIRPLANES PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0009 (LOAD 19.3)
MUST SELECT FIXED V2/VS OPTION AND MUST
USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
V2/VS 1.18 1.17 1.17 1.19

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-05

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
VERSION 12.0
Version Features:

with the AFM.
versions.
AFM-1868
S1-05 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
CAFM-195-ANAC-005
numbers and Engine Databases to allow performance calculations for
− CF34-10E7 engines.

SUPPLEMENT ARE AUTOMATICALLY
CANCELLED AND MUST NOT BE USED.
• THE CAFM CG ENVELOPE OPTION MUST
ALWAYS BE SET TO STANDARD, UNLESS
OTHERWISE STATED IN THE AFM LIMITATION
SECTION.
PERFORMANCE.
THAN OR AT 3500 FT.
CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE

AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-05

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE
WARNING: AIRPLANES PRE-MOD. SB 190-31-0015 (LOAD 21.2)

MUST SELECT FIXED V2/VS OPTION AND MUST USE
ONE OF THE FOLLOWING VALUES:
V2/VS 1.18 1.17 1.17 1.21
VERSION 7.0
Version Features:

with the AFM.
versions.
AFM-1868
S1-05 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
VERSION 7.1
Version Features:
− Performance calculations extended up to ISA + 39ºC (***).

(***) This feature must be used associated with AFM supplement 13.
NOTE: - This CAFM installer incorporates the media identification

(i.e. CAFM-195-ANAC-005 version 7.1), which will be
displayed on the screen after installation and must be
crosschecked with the AFM.
versions.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-05

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S1-05 ANAC APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Normal procedures presented in the basic AFM remain unchanged.

Emergency and abnormal procedures presented in the basic AFM
remain unchanged.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S1-10

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
S1-10 CTA APPROVED

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
The data obtained from the software is calculated considering the
basic performance configurations presented in Section 5 -
Performance, and the procedures presented in Section 3 - Normal
Procedures and Section 4 - Emergency and Abnormal Procedures.
ENGINE DATA
The CAFM calculates the engine power readings used to obtain the
installed engine power on which the airplane’s certified performance is
based on.
TAKEOFF
All takeoff data required for a safe operation is obtained from the
CAFM.
ENROUTE
All enroute data required for a safe operation is obtained from the
CAFM.
APPROACH AND LANDING

Approach and landing data are obtained from the CAFM.
QUICK TURN AROUND WEIGHT

Quick turn around weight is obtained from the CAFM.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S1-15

COMPUTERIZED AFM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S1-15 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - FLIGHT
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 2
PRIMUS EPIC - FLIGHT MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General (Load Prior to 27.1) .............................................. S2-00 ....... 02
Introduction ................................................................... S2-00 ....... 02
Navigation Operational Approvals ................................ S2-00 ....... 02
Limitations (Load Prior to 27.1) ......................................... S2-05 ....... 01
General Limitations....................................................... S2-05 ....... 01
Approach Limitations .................................................... S2-05 ....... 06
FMS Configuration........................................................ S2-05 ....... 07
FMS Position Anomaly ................................................. S2-05 ....... 09
Runway Change When No Arrival or Approach
Procedure is Selected ............................................. S2-05 ....... 10
Normal Procedures (Load Prior to 27.1) ........................... S2-10 ....... 01
Prior to Flight ................................................................ S2-10 ....... 01
After Takeoff ................................................................. S2-10 ....... 01
Approach ...................................................................... S2-10 ....... 02
Hold Pattern .................................................................. S2-10 ....... 03
Complementary Information
Depending on FMS Configuration ........................... S2-10 ....... 04
Emergency
and Abnormal Procedures (Load Prior to 27.1) ............ S2-10 ....... 05
Degraded Navigation .................................................... S2-10 ....... 05
Dead Reckoning ........................................................... S2-10 ....... 06
FMS 1(2) Failure........................................................... S2-10 ....... 06
MAU 1A Failure ............................................................ S2-10 ....... 06
Performance (Load Prior to 27.1) ...................................... S2-10 ....... 07
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL (LOAD PRIOR TO 27.1)

NOTE: All pages from code 01 of this supplement are applicable to
airplanes equipped with Load prior to 27.1.
INTRODUCTION
This supplement is a part of, and must be placed in, the ANAC
Approved Airplane Flight Manual for airplanes incorporating the
Honeywell Primus Epic Flight Management System (FMS). The
information contained herein supplements the information of the basic
AFM. For limitations, procedures and performance information not
contained in this Supplement, refer to the basic AFM.
NAVIGATION OPERATIONAL APPROVALS
Honeywell Primus Epic FMS installation has been shown to meet the
requirements for the following operations:
 Required Navigation Performance (RNP) Operations
 The FMS has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of RTCA DO-283 - Minimum Operational
Performance Specification for Required Navigation
Performance, including the capability to fly precision arc
(RF) legs.
 The FMS has been demonstrated to provide a minimum
RNP level of RNP 0.3 NM when operated according to the
limitations and procedures described in this supplement.
 The airplane meets the performance and functional
requirements of FAA AC 90-101 for RNP AR approach
operations requiring RNP not less than 0.3 for approach
and not less than 1.0 for missed approach, when
equipped with the Honeywell Primus Epic FMS and when
operated in compliance with the recommended Embraer
flight crew and operational procedures.
 The temperature compensation function complies with
RTCA/DO-236B, Appendix H.2.
NOTE: Appropriate operational approval must be obtained prior to
conducting specified RNP AR instrument approach
procedures.
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
Refer to the PERFORMANCE section of this supplement for

more details regarding RNP operations.
NOTE: The airplane capability does not constitute RNP
operation approval. The operators must be granted
local approval to conduct RNP operations.
− Navigation using GPS - The FMS has been demonstrated

compliant with the requirements of FAA AC90-94, regarding the
use of GPS for IFR navigation in en-route, terminal, and non-
precision approach operations.
− Navigation using IRS - The FMS has been demonstrated
compliant with the requirements of AC 25-4, AC 121-13, and
FAR 121, Appendix G, regarding the use of IRS as a long
range navigation system. Pilot qualification is required to
comply with operation under AC 121-13. The required
navigation accuracy has been demonstrated on flights of up to
18 hours.
− Remote/Oceanic Operation - The FMS has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 20-130A,
regarding multi-sensor system operation in remote/oceanic
flight, when operated as a dual system, with dual installed FMS,
GPS, and IRS operational prior to the start of flight.
− The FMS has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of AC 121-13 and FAR 121, Appendix G,
regarding use of IRS as a primary means of navigation in
remote/oceanic flight, with dual installed FMS and IRS
operational prior to the start of flight.
− The FMS has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of FAA Notice 8110.60, regarding use of GPS as
a primary means of navigation in remote/oceanic flight, with
dual installed FMS and GPS operational prior to the start of
flight.
− North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance
Specification (NAT-MNPS) Airspace - The FMS has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 120-33
when operated as a dual system, with dual installed FMS, GPS,
and IRS operational prior to the start of flight.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
− RNP 10 Airspace - The FMS has been demonstrated

compliant with the requirements of FAA Order 8400.12A when
operated as a dual system, with dual installed FMS, GPS, and
IRS operational prior to the start of flight.
NOTE: The term RNP 10 must be understood as RNAV 10
per ICAO nomenclature.
− Enroute and Terminal Operation - The FMS has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 20-130A
and AC 25-15, regarding multi-sensor system IFR operation in
en-route/terminal flight, with at least a single PFD, MFD, FMS,
VOR, DME, and IRS in NAV mode operational prior to the start
of flight.
 Approach Operation - The FMS has been demonstrated
compliant with the requirements of AC 20-130A and AC 25-15,
regarding multi-sensor system instrument non-precision
approach operation. The FMS has been demonstrated
compliant with AC 90-94, regarding the use of GPS for non-
precision approaches. The FMS must be operated as at least a
single system, with a minimum of one PFD, MFD, and FMS
operational prior to commencing the approach. The signal
source(s) used to define the approach and on-board equipment
must be verified operational prior to commencing the approach,
as explained in the LIMITATIONS section of this supplement.
The FMS supports the following non-precision approach types:
− GPS only (type III FAA overlay definition);
− RNAV (including type II or type III FAA overlay definition);
− VOR;
− VOR-DME;
− NDB;
− NDB-DME.
NOTE: VOR and NDB based approaches include FAA type II
GPS overlays. AC 90-94 deals with the use of GPS in
the US National Airspace System (NAS). The general
approval to use GPS to fly overlay instrument
approaches as described in the AC, is initially limited to
the NAS. Refer to LIMITATIONS Section of this
Supplement, for use of GPS for non-precision
approaches outside the US NAS.
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
 Barometric Vertical Navigation - For airplanes with VNAV

enabled, the FMS has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of AC 20-129, regarding the barometric vertical
navigation in en-route, terminal, and non-precision approach
operations, when used in accordance with the limitations and
operational procedures contained in this Supplement.
 For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0009 (LOAD 19.3) or with an
equivalent modification factory incorporated with VGP enabled, the
FMS has been demonstrated compliant with the requirements of
AC 90-97, regarding the use of barometric vertical navigation for
instrument approach operations using decision altitude, when used
in accordance with the limitations and operational procedures
contained in this Supplement.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
LIMITATIONS (LOAD PRIOR TO LOAD 27.1)

GENERAL LIMITATIONS
- Selection of FMS Position Update is prohibited during RNP 10
operations.
- The use of speed mode in FMS is prohibited for one engine
inoperative condition.
- The FMS does not correct the speed targets, including approach
and go around speeds, for ice conditions or non-normal conditions.
It is the pilot responsibility to ensure that the speeds are within the
limits in these conditions.
- Entry of a planned speed into the FMS which is below the minimum
safe maneuver speed prescribed in the basic AFM is prohibited.
- The use of GPS is limited to airspace where GPS is approved by
the appropriate governing authority.
- If GPS RAIM is annunciated as not available during any phase of
flight, the pilot must monitor FMS guidance data and crosscheck
with raw data from an alternate source (i.e. VOR, DME, or IRS).
- The pilots must compare any procedures/route retrieved from the
FMS database with those published on the charts. Differences
between the charts and the FMS information up to 3 degrees are
acceptable.
- When a GPS Only Approach is planned, prior to dispatch, the crew
is required to verify that the predictive RAIM at the destination ETA
is within the approach criteria.
- Operation above 72° 30.0' north latitude and below 59° 30.0' south
latitude is prohibited due to unreliable magnetic heading, unless at
least one Inertial Reference System (IRS) is verified operational as
a sensor to the FMS. In this case, the system will automatically
switch to TRUE.
- FMS performance management calculations have not been certified
by the ANAC. FMS performance management information is
advisory information only, and may not be used as a basis for fuel
load planning or airplane range predictions.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
- For areas in which the magnetic database error may differ in more
than 3 degrees from the published charts, the following functions
must be performed using true heading:
- Manual creation of waypoints by place/bearing/distance;
- Manual creation of waypoints by place/bearing/place/bearing;
- Holding inbound course;
- FIX INFO bearings;
- DIRECT-TO with intercept course.
NOTE: To define course and bearing references to TRUE north in
the FMS, insert the character "T" after the course/bearing
value.
- For airplanes with Load version Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0041 (Load
25.1.0.1), the regions where the magnetic database error may
differ in more than 3 degrees from published charts are the
following:
Until December 31, 2024

LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 50°00' N
West of 110°00' W
East of 110°00' W
North of 55°00' N
West of 075°00' W
East of 075°00' W
North of 45°00' N
West of 005°00' W
East of 005°00' W
North of 55°00' N
West of 030°00' E
East of 030°00' E
North of 65°00' N
West of 060°00' E
East of 165°00' E
North of 65°00' N
West of 180°00' E
South of 10°00' S East of 000°00'
North of 25°00' S West of 015°00' E
East of 020°00' E
South of 35°00' S
West of 050°00' E
South of 25°00' S East of 075°00' E
East of 110°00' E
South of 50°00' S
West of 160°00' E
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
From January 01, 2025, until December 31, 2029

LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 45°00' N
West of 110°00' W
East of 110°00' W
North of 50°00' N
West of 072°00' W
East of 072°00' W
North of 35°00' N
West of 050°00' W
East of 050°00' W
North of 25°00' N
West of 010°00' W
East of 010°00' W
North of 35°00' N
West of 010°00' E
East of 010°00' E
North of 50°00' N
West of 040°00' E
East of 040°00' E
North of 60°00' N
West of 070°00' E
East of 090°00' E
North of 55°00' N
West of 125°00' E
East of 148°00' E
North of 55°00' N
West of 180°00' E
South of 25°00' N East of 030°00' W
North of 15°00' S West of 008°00' W
South of 05°00' N East of 008°00' W
South of 00°00' East of 080°00' W
East of 017°30' E
South of 25°00' S
West of 050°00' E
East of 050°00' E
South of 45°00' S
West of 070°00' E
East of 070°00' E
South of 20°00' S
West of 100°00' E
East of 100°00' E
South of 40°00' S
West of 120°00' E
East of 120°00' E
South of 50°00' S
West of 180°00' E
- For airplanes with Load version Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0041

(Load 25.1.0.1) and Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0074 (Load 25.9), or
with an equivalent modification factory incorporated, the
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
regions where the magnetic database error may differ in more

than 3 degrees from published charts are the following:
LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 55°00' N
West of 105°00' W
East of 100°00' W
North of 58°30' N
West of 020°00' W
East of 020°00' W
North of 65°00' N
West of 005°00'E
East of 170°00' E
North of 65°00' N
West of 180°00' E
East of 120°00' E
South of 50°00' S
West of 165°00' E

LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 50°00' N
West of 130°00' W
East of 130°00' W
North of 55°00' N
West of 080°00' W
East of 080°00' W
North of 47°30' N
West of 000°00'
East of 000°00'
North of 55°00' N
West of 030°00' E
East of 030°00' E
North of 65°00' N
West of 070°00' E
East of 110°00' E
North of 70°00' N
West of 125°00' E
East of 140°00' E
North of 60°00' N
West of 170°00' E
East of 170°00' E
North of 55°00' N
West of 180°00' E
South of 10°00' S East of 075°00' W
South of 05°00' S East of 010°00' W
East of 115°00' E
South of 50°00' S
West of 180°00' E
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
- For airplanes with Load version Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0074

(Load 25.9), or with an equivalent modification factory
incorporated, the magnetic variation database error is not
expected to differ in more than 3 degrees from published charts
on regions where operations are referenced to magnetic north by
default, until December 31st, 2029.
For IFR Navigation:

- Use of the FMS is limited to procedures that are referenced to
the WGS-84 or NAD-83 datum, unless other appropriate
authorized procedures are used.
- Pilots must verify if the navigation database cycle is valid.
- The FMS use is limited to geographic regions contained within
the installed navigation database.
- Prior to flight using, a minimum of one VOR, DME, and IRS
must be verified to be installed and operational. Also, any
appropriate ground facilities that are utilized by the procedures
to be flown must be verified as operational using an approved
method.
- For RNP Navigation:
- The RNP-RNAV airworthiness approval has not accounted for
database accuracy or compatibility as defined per AC 20-153.
- For operations using RNP 1 to RNP less than 2, the use of
Flight Director is required.
- For operations using RNP 0.3 to RNP less than 1, the use of
GPS and Flight Director is required.
- Operations requiring RNP less than 0.3 are not approved.
- For RNP AR operations with Missed Approaches requiring RNP
less than 1.0, the supplement 16 must be used.
- For airplanes Pre Mod. SB 190-31-0033 (LOAD 23.1), RNP AR
0.3 procedures with RF legs smaller than 1.25 NM radius are
prohibited.
- Selection of FMS Position Update is prohibited during RNP
operations.
NOTE: This supplement does not constitute operational approval
of, or authority to conduct, RNP operations.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPROACH LIMITATIONS
- ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF, GLS, MLS, Visual, and Radar
approaches using the FMS as the navigation source for guidance
are prohibited. This limitations does not apply to RNAV Visual or
FMS Visual approaches.
- When using FMS guidance to conduct an instrument approach
procedure that does not include GPS in the title of the published
procedure, the flight crew must verify that the procedure specified
navaids and associated avionics are operational (i.e. VOR, DME,
ADF).
- The pilot must rely on the altimeter as the primary vertical reference
during the final approach segment, including step down fixes. VNAV
path guidance is supplementary guidance information.
- Use of VNAV for a constant glide path approach procedures to a
Decision Altitude is prohibited for airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-
0009 (LOAD 19.3).
- Use of VNAV guidance below the published approach minimums
without the appropriate visibility indications is prohibited.
- For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0024 (LOAD 21.4), when using
VGP, use of Temperature Compensation is prohibited.
- For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0015 (LOAD 21.2) or with an
equivalent modification factory incorporated, and Pre-Mod.
SB 190-31-0024 (LOAD 21.4), VGP approaches are prohibited. AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
FMS CONFIGURATION
HONEYWELL FMS PILOT'S OPERATING MANUAL

- Pilot's Operating Manual P/N A28-1146-179 or other approved
manual must be available to the flight crew.
- The Pilot's Manual must match the FMS software version installed
in the airplane.
FMS DATABASE VERSION

- Honeywell Primus Epic FMS Airplane Database configuration must
be the following:
- Version 190-L1 and on for EMBRAER 190 models.
- Version 195-L1 and on for EMBRAER 195 models.
PRIMUS EPIC LOAD 4.0 AND ON

The following additional limitations also apply:
- FMS LNAV may command bank angles above the local regulations
limits (i.e. There is no automatic protection for engine out situation).
- The use of VNAV guidance requires the respective FD vertical
guidance mode to be active.
- The use of FMS Speed requires the respective FD vertical guidance
mode to be active.
- The use of VNAV is prohibited when the respective FD vertical
guidance mode is other than VNAV, unless pilots adjust the
ALT SEL to each altitude constraint in the Flight Plan.
- The FMS Disable selection on MCDU Radio Tune NAV page is
prohibited for airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0009 (LOAD 19.3).
- The use of the Step Climb function is prohibited.
- The selection of course interception to a conditional waypoint is
prohibited.
- The pilot must ensure that displayed guidance data from non-usable
stations is not used for navigation purposes by the flight crew. The
NOTAM function in the FMS does not always inhibit tuning of a
NOTAM selected station by the FMS when in AUTO tune mode.
Note that the FMS will not use NOTAM selected station data for
FMS position determination.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
MINIMUM CONFIGURATION FOR RNP 0.3 AR APPROACH

OPERATIONS
For RNP AR procedures not less than 0.3 for approach and not less
than 1.0 for missed approach, the configuration below is required:
- Primus EPIC load 21.4 and on.

- Single FMS version 7.03 and on– included in the primus EPIC
software.
- VGP (VGP UNAVAILABLE massage not presented on the MCDU
scratchpad).
- 1 GPS.
- 1 IRU.
- 1 MCDU.
- 4 Display units.
- 1 TAT sensor.
- 2 RVSM Compliant Air Data Systems.
- 1 Flight Director.
- 1 Radio Altimeter.
- EGPWS.
- RNP AR compliant Navigation Database.
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
FMS POSITION ANOMALY

This limitation is applicable to airplanes equipped with Primus EPIC
software version 23.1 or 23.2 and it is associated to the following
conditions:
Crossing the 180 degrees meridian will cause FMS longitude position
calculation to move by approximately 180 degrees.
When the FMS position change occurs:
− The CDI will deflect indicating the offset from the desired lateral
and vertical path based on the changed position;
− If autopilot is coupled and LNAV is engaged, the airplane will
execute a bank maneuver to intercept the TO waypoint in the
flight plan;
− For map display in heading up, map display will move to the
new FMS position;
− For map display in north up, the airplane symbol will disappear
from the map and move to the new FMS position;
− UNABLE RNP message will be displayed on the MCDU
scratchpad;
− FMS position starts slewing back to the selected sensor positions;
− Caution EICAS message FMS1(2)-GPS POS DISAG will be
displayed.
To avoid this misbehavior, perform the following procedure:
− About 10 nm before crossing 180 degrees Meridian line,
deselect all IRS on all FMS;
− About 10 nm after all IRS position crossed 180 degrees
Meridian line, reselect IRS.
If the misbehavior does occur, perform the following procedure in
order to mitigate the effects:
− Select Heading Select on the Flight Guidance Panel;
− Perform FMS position update to best sensor position. This puts
the FMS back to the correct position almost instantaneously;
− If synchronous operation was in use, select “RETURN TO
SELECTED CONFIG”.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
RUNWAY CHANGE WHEN NO ARRIVAL OR

APPROACH PROCEDURE IS SELECTED
This limitation is applicable to airplanes equipped with Primus EPIC
software version 23.1 or 23.2 and it is associated to the following
conditions:
− The airplane is flying to a runway which neither has an arrival
nor an approach procedure selected in the FMS ARRIVAL page
and;
− The selected runway is the last and active waypoint on the flight
planning.
If a runway change is performed, the following is observed:
− The new runway will become the “From” waypoint. The MCDU
will show a discontinuity to the destination;
− The LNAV mode will be disengaged and the
FD LATERAL MODE OFF caution message will be displayed
on the EICAS;
− The Horizontal Track Line will be removed from the MFD MAP
page.
To avoid this misbehavior and prior to insert the runway change,
crews should proceed as follows:
− Perform a DIRECT TO to the destination airport;
− Clear any discontinuity in the flight plan that might appear;
− Insert the new runway;
− Check in the MOD FLT PLAN page the new runway as a “To”
waypoint and then, activate the modification.
Should the crew fail to follow the procedure for a runway change, the
MCDU will show the incorrect information in the MOD FLT PLAN (new
runway as a FROM waypoint plus a discontinuity). In this case, crews
must not activate it or even try to reinsert the desired runway through
the ARRIVAL page. Instead, perform the steps described above for
the runway change and activation.
If the crews activate the incorrect flight plan in the MOD FLT PLAN
page, then the LNAV, if engaged, will disengage with the caution
message FD LATERAL MODE OFF displayed on the EICAS. Crew
should reestablish proper lateral navigation in HDG mode, accomplish
the procedure above to activate the new runway and only then
reengage LNAV.
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
NOTE: Follow the procedure above for any subsequent runway

change, otherwise the MOD FLT PLAN page will display
the information correctly when a new runway is inserted
via ARRIVAL page, but the described misbehavior will
occur once the change is activated. In this case, the
ACTIVE FLT PLAN will display the information correctly
and the HSI pointer will be no longer reliable.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
(LOAD PRIOR TO LOAD 27.1)
PRIOR TO FLIGHT
FMS Position................................................................. INITIALIZE
Flight Plan ..................................................................... ACTIVATE
Performance INIT ......................................................... SET/CONFIRM
INIT
After a RTO, the performance init must be reconfirmed.
If RNP AR operations are intended:

RNP predictive performance capability ................... CHECK
Takeoff Pages............................................................... SET/CONFIRM

For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0015 (previous to LOAD 21.2):
Fuel Used ................................................................ RESET
PFD NAV Source .......................................................... SELECT FMS
LNAV............................................................................. AS REQUIRED
VNAV ............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
For airplanes Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0015 (LOAD 21.2 and on) or with
an equivalent modification factory incorporated:
Speed Selector Knob............................................... AS REQUIRED
AFTER TAKEOFF
For airplanes Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0015 (previous to LOAD 21.2):

Speed Selector Knob............................................... AS REQUIRED
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPROACH
It is assumed that LNAV and VNAV are the active navigation modes,
and the Speed Selector Knob is set to FMS.
If RNP AR approach is intended:
NOTE: - The procedure must be retrieved from the FMS
database.
- Temperature limits on the approach chart may be
disregarded if the temperature compensation is in use.
Prior to the IAF:
RNP Value ...................................................... SET
The correct RNP value must be checked on the navigation
chart, and inserted on the FMS, if it differs from the default
value.
VOR/DME Sensor........................................... DESELECT
On the POS SENSOR page deselect the VOR/DME sensor
on FMS1 and FMS2.
Throughout all the approach sequence:
Track Deviation ................................................ MONITOR
The deviation must not exceed the RNP value (1xRNP) or
+/-75 ft vertically.
At the IAF:
Altimeters ......................................................... SET &
X-CHECK
- Set the current, local altimeter setting. Use of remote
altimeter settings is not authorized for RNP AR approach
operations.
- If the altimeters difference exceeds 100 ft, abandon the
approach.
Landing Speeds ............................................................ VERIFY
Approach Speeds.......................................................... VERIFY
Go Around Speeds........................................................ VERIFY
At the FAF:
Speed Selector Knob.............................................. MAN
NOTE: When VGP mode is engaged, the FMS descent path will not be
restricted by the altitude pre-selector.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
MISSED APPROACH
LNAV ....................................................................... SELECT
HOLD PATTERN
Speed............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
For speeds above 210 kt, pilots must monitor the position
throughout the maneuver to ensure protected airspace
maintenance.
Hold Entry Type ............................................................ VERIFY

Hold Inbound Course .................................................... VERIFY
Hold Turn Direction....................................................... VERIFY
Hold Leg Time/Distance ............................................... VERIFY
When the Hold Altitude Termination Point is reached:
EXIT Prompt on FPL ............................................... SELECT
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION DEPENDING ON

FMS CONFIGURATION
The following information is also applicable and should be observed
depending on the airplane configuration.
FOR AIRPLANES EQUIPED WITH PRIMUS EPIC LOAD 4.0 AND ON

Cruise:
With FMS Cruise Schedules in MXR SPD or MAX SPD, the TRS
does not automatically transition to CRZ.
The speed error vector on the ADI should be ignored if the FMS
speed command is in Mach.
Approach:
During approaches with VNAV engaged, the ALT SEL must be set
to altitudes lower than current airplane altitude.
Landing:
If a landing is necessary immediately after take-off, the pilot must
first clear the take-off v-speeds from the TAKEOFF V-SPEEDS
page on the MCDU, in order to clear the take-off v-speeds from the
Airspeed tape on the PFD.
The system does not support landing v-speeds display for touch
and go operations.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL

(LOAD PRIOR TO LOAD 27.1)
All FMS Action/Malfunction Messages are described in the Honeywell

Flight Management System Pilot's Operating Manual.
The airplane abnormal operating procedures are the same as those in

the basic AFM except as follows:
DEGRADED NAVIGATION
The UNABLE RNP and GPS APPR RAIM UNAVAIL scratchpad
message will also be displayed.
Select the non-affected FMS. For single FMS installations, use the
procedures from the following table:
Operation Required Action
Non-RNP Terminal or En-route Crosscheck FMS data with raw data
(including B-RNAV) from VOR, DME, and NDB. De-
select error causing sensor, if
detectable.
P-RNAV Contact ATC, advise inability to
continue P-RNAV.
RNP Terminal, En-route, Contact ATC and advise inability to
Remote continue RNP operations.
Non-RNP (excluding GPS Use alternate source (VOR, NDB or
required) Approach visual references) if available. If not,
declare Missed Approach.
RNP 0.3 and GPS required If not visual, declare Missed
Approach Approach.
Non-RNP Remote Crosscheck FMS data with raw data
from GPS, IRS. De-select error
causing sensor, if detectable.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DEAD RECKONING
The pilot should discontinue use of the FMS when in it is in DR mode.
If there is no alternative means of navigation (off-side FMS, VOR, etc.),
the pilot may elect to perform manual position updates to the FMS,
using reference point fly-over techniques, to minimize the navigation
error. In this case, ATC must be notified of the loss of navigation
capability on the airplane.
FMS 1 (2) FAILURE

Select the cross side FMS. For single FMS installation, use the
procedures from the following table.
Non-RNP Terminal or En-route Use alternate source. (VOR, NDB,
DME).
B-RNAV, P-RNAV, or RNP Contact ATC and declare inability to
operations continue B-RNAV, P-RNAV, or RNP
operations.
Non-RNP (excluding GPS Use alternate source, if available.
required) Approach (VOR, NDB or visual references). If
not available, declare missed
approach.
RNP 0.3 or GPS required If not visual, declare Missed
approach Approach.
Remote Operations Contact ATC and declare loss of
long range navigation capability.
MAU 1A FAILURE
The FMS performance predictions are corrupted. In order to recover
this information, pilots can manually enter an estimated total fuel flow
on the FUEL MGMT page.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
PERFORMANCE (LOAD PRIOR TO 27.1)

airplanes equipped with Load prior to 27.1
The Honeywell Primus Epic FMS provides features to comply with

Required Navigation Performance requirements, as described in
RTCA DO-283, Minimum Operational Performance Specification for
Required Navigation Performance, Original - Oct. 2002.
The FMS has not been demonstrated to comply with the VNAV
requirements stated in Appendix H of DO-283. The FMS does not
provide the capability to utilize the RNP value from the procedures in
the navigation database. Fixed radius leg transition capability is not
provided. The FMS does not provide constant radius Hold patterns, or
RNP Hold entries, as defined in Appendix J of DO-283.
The FMS provides default RNP types for each phase of flight. Each
RNP type has a required steering method, which is necessary to
maintain containment integrity. The default RNP types and their
associated steering methods are as follows:
Minimum Required
Flight Phase RNP Value
Steering Method
Remote/Oceanic see note (1) Manual CDI
En-route 2 Manual CDI
Terminal 1 Flight Director
Approach see note (2) Flight Director
Missed Approach 1 Flight Director
NOTE: 1) The default RNP value for Remote/Oceanic is:
- 10 for airplanes equipped with Load version previous than
Load 25.1.0.1 (Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0041);
- 4 for airplanes equipped with Load 25.1.0.1 and on (Post-
Mod. SB 190-31-0041 or with an equivalent modification
factory incorporated).
2) The default RNP value for Approach is:
- 0.3 for airplanes equipped with Load version previous than
Load 25.3 (Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0049 or Pre-Mod. SB
190LIN-31-0012) or previous than Load 25.4 (Pre-Mod. SB
190-31-0045 or Pre-Mod. SB 190LIN-31-0009), performing
any approach using FMS;
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
- 0.5 for airplanes equipped with Load 25.3 (Post-Mod. SB

190-31-0049 or Post-Mod. SB 190LIN-31-0012), Load
25.4 and on (Post-Mod SB 190-31-0045 or Post-Mod. SB
190LIN-31-0009) or with an equivalent modification factory
incorporated, performing radiobased approach. For RNAV
approaches the default value remains 0.3.
The default RNP values above do not constitute airworthiness or
operational approval for the respective RNP types. Refer to
NAVIGATION OPERATIONAL APPROVALS in the GENERAL section
for the FMS RNP capabilities.
When the FMS is selected as the navigation source on the PFD, the
scale of the CDI will be based on the displayed active RNP value. The
two-dot, full-scale deflection of the CDI will always be equal to the RNP
value (1xRNP) displayed on the PFD.
The FMS does not provide an indication to the crew of an excessive
lateral (cross-track) deviation. Lateral deviation is not considered in the
display of the RNP integrity alert. It is the pilot’s responsibility to
monitor lateral deviation, and take appropriate action to ensure the
airplane follows the flight plan with minimal error.
The steering sources required for each RNP type assume worst case
position determination by the FMS. Regardless of the sensors in use,
the RNP integrity alert will always be provided at any time the current
position determination mode of the FMS does not yield satisfactory
accuracy and integrity to satisfy the containment requirements for the
active RNP type.
GPS mode is given the highest priority for position determination, when
GPS HIL is within limits. If GPS is not available, the FMS will utilize
radio modes (DME-DME or VOR-DME) if they provide satisfactory
accuracy. If radio modes are not available, the FMS will use IRS data.
Due to unique navaid geometries involved in the DME/DME and
VOR/DME updating modes, navigation performance is optimized in the
cross-track dimension. As a result, along-track accuracy has not been
demonstrated to meet the RNP 0.3 requirement for these modes for all
geometries.
The FMS computes an Estimate of Position Uncertainty (EPU), which
is displayed with the current position determination mode on the
PROGRESS page on the MCDU.
If the EPU is greater than the active RNP for a set period of time
(determined by phase of flight), the FMS will provide an alert (DGRAD
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
on the PFD and UNABLE RNP on the MCDU scratchpad) to notify the
crew that the system does not have the necessary accuracy or integrity
to maintain RNP operations for the current RNP type. The following
table describes the relationship between phase of flight and the time to
alarm.
Time to
Flight Phase
Alarm (sec)
Remote/Oceanic 54
En-route 24
Terminal 6
Approach 6
The RNP implementation for the FMS is consistent with the industry
guidance provided in DO-236A and DO-283, which results in certain
differences from the TSO-C129a requirements. If flight mode is
approach, and the active approach procedure requires the use of GPS,
then the integrity limit is set to the system’s present RNP value. In all
other cases, the integrity limit is set to twice the system’s present RNP
value. This definition provides consistency with TSO C129a alarm limit
requirements for the GPS approach case (0.3 NM), however for the
terminal and en route environments, the RNP integrity alarm limit
(defined in DO-236A and DO-283) of 2 times the RNP is applicable.
The resulting alarm limits differ from the TSO-C129a specified alarm
limits as follows:
DO-236A
Default TSO-C129a
Containment
RNP Alarm Limit
Limit (2·RNP)
Remote/Oceanic see note (1) see note (2) 2
En Route 2 4 2
Terminal 1 2 1
Approach see note (3) see note (4) 0.3
NOTE: 1) The default RNP value for Remote/Oceanic is:

Load 25.1.0.1 (Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0041);
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL

2) The DO-236A Containment Limit for Remote/Oceanic is:
Load 25.1.0.1 (Pre-Mod. SB 190-31-0041);
3) The default RNP value for Approach is:
25.4 and on (Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0045 or Post-Mod. SB
incorporated, performing radio-based approach. For RNAV
4) The DO-236A Containment Limit for Approach is:
25.4 and on (Post-Mod. SB 190-31-0045 or Post-Mod. SB
incorporated, performing radio-based approach. For RNAV
Refer to the ABNORMAL PROCEDURES section of this manual
supplement for details regarding procedures for degraded navigation.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

MANUAL
The FMS also provides annunciations to alert the crew of an inability to

meet the RNP for future flight plan legs. Refer to the Honeywell Primus
Epic FMS Pilot’s Operating Manual for further details regarding system
features and annunciations.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
FLIGHT GENERATION FLIGHT
MANUAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
SUPPLEMENT 2
PRIMUS EPIC - FLIGHT MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General (Load 27.1 and on) .............................................. S2-00 ....... 02
Introduction ................................................................... S2-00 ....... 02
Navigation Operational Approvals ................................ S2-00 ....... 02
Limitations (Load 27.1 and on) .......................................... S2-05 ....... 01
General Limitations....................................................... S2-05 ....... 01
Approach Limitations .................................................... S2-05 ....... 05
Holding Limitations ....................................................... S2-05 ....... 06
FMS Configuration........................................................ S2-05 ....... 06
Takeoff and Landing (TOLD) Function ......................... S2-05 ....... 06
Minimum Configuration
for RNP AR Operations ........................................... S2-05 ....... 07
Normal Procedures (Load 27.1 and on) ............................ S2-10 ....... 01
Prior to Flight ................................................................ S2-10 ....... 01
Cruise ........................................................................... S2-10 ....... 01
Approach ...................................................................... S2-10 ....... 02
Hold Pattern .................................................................. S2-10 ....... 03
Landing ......................................................................... S2-10 ....... 03
Emergency
and Abnormal Procedures (Load 27.1 and on) .............. S2-10 ....... 04
Degraded Navigation .................................................... S2-10 ....... 04
Dead Reckoning ........................................................... S2-10 ....... 05
FMS 1(2) Failure........................................................... S2-10 ....... 05
MAU 1A Failure ............................................................ S2-10 ....... 06
Performance (Load 27.1 and on) ...................................... S2-10 ....... 07
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL
GENERAL (LOAD 27.1 AND ON)

airplanes equipped with NG FMS Load 27.1 and on.
INTRODUCTION
This supplement is a part of, and must be placed in, the ANAC
Approved Airplane Flight Manual for airplanes incorporating the
Honeywell Primus Epic Next Generation Flight Management System
(NG FMS).The information herein contained replace or complement
the equivalent information in the basic AFM and applicable
supplements. For limitations, procedures and performance information
not contained in this Supplement, refer to the basic AFM.
NAVIGATION OPERATIONAL APPROVALS
Honeywell Primus Epic FMS installation has been shown to meet the
requirements for the following operations:
 Required Navigation Performance (RNP) Operations - The
airplane has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of FAA AC 20-138D for RNP 0.3, 1, 2, 4, 10, and
RNP APCH operations.
The airplane has been demonstrated compliant with the
requirements of FAA AC 20-138D for the following Advanced
RNP functions: Precision arc (RF) legs, Parallel offsets,
Scalable RNP, RNAV holding, Fixed radius transitions (FRT).
The FMS also provides the time of arrival control mode as an
advisory function with speed management applicable only to the
cruise phase of flight.
The FMS has been demonstrated to provide a minimum RNP
level of RNP 0.3 NM when operated according to the limitations
and procedures described in this supplement.
The airplane meets the performance and functional
requirements of FAA AC 20-138D for RNP AR approach
operations requiring RNP not less than 0.3 for approach and not
less than 1.0 for missed approach, when equipped with the
Honeywell Primus Epic FMS and when operated in compliance
with the recommended Embraer flight crew and operational
procedures.
The temperature compensation function complies with
RTCA/DO-236C, Appendix H.
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
NOTE: - Appropriate operational approval must be obtained

prior to conducting specified RNP AR instrument
approach procedures.
- The airplane capability does not constitute RNP
operation approval. The operators must be granted
local approval to conduct RNP operations.
Refer to the PERFORMANCE section of this supplement for
more details regarding RNP operations.
 Navigation using GPS - The airplane has been demonstrated
compliant with the requirements of FAA AC 20-138D, regarding
the use of GPS for IFR navigation in en-route, terminal, and non-
precision approach operations. The airplane GPS equipment is
approved under TSO-C129a.
 Navigation using IRS - The airplane has been demonstrated
compliant with the requirements of FAA AC 20-138D and
FAR 121, Appendix G, regarding the use of IRS as a long range
navigation system.
 Remote and Oceanic Operation - The airplane has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 20-138D
regarding multi-sensor system operation in remote and oceanic
flight, with the requirements of FAA Order 8400.12C regarding
RNP 10 operations, and with the requirements of
FAA Order 8400.33 regarding RNP 4 operations when the
following equipment is installed and operative:
 2 NG FMS;
 1 MCDU;
 3 Displays Units;
(1)
 1 or 2 IRU ;
(1)
 1 or 2 GPS .
NOTE: 1) Two long range sensors are required and can be a
combination of IRU and GPS. In case of GPS is
unavailable a time limitation applies.
NOTE: The term RNP-10 must be understood as RNAV 10 as
per ICAO nomenclature.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT

requirements of AC 20-138D and FAR121, Appendix G,
regarding use of IRS as a primary means of navigation in
remote and oceanic flight, with dual installed FMS and IRS
operational prior to the start of flight.
requirements of FAA AC 20-138D, regarding use of GPS as a
primary means of navigation in remote and oceanic flight, with
dual installed FMS and GPS operational prior to the start of
flight.
 North Atlantic Minimum Navigation Performance
Specification (NAT-MNPS) Airspace - The airplane has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 120-33
when operated as a dual system, with dual installed FMS, GPS,
and IRS operational prior to the start of flight.
 Enroute and Terminal Operation - The airplane has been
demonstrated compliant with the requirements of AC 20-138D,
regarding multi-sensor system IFR operation in en-route and
terminal flight. For RNAV 1, RNAV 2, and RNP 1 operations, the
airplane has been demonstrated compliant with AC-20138D
when the following equipment is installed and operative:
 1 NG FMS;
 1 IRU;
 1 MCDU;
 1 GPS;
 1 DME module.
NOTE: FMS, MCDU, and DME must be on the same side. If the
operation is planned on DME/DME/IRU, GPS is not
required and vice versa.
For RNP 2 operations, the airplane has been demonstrated
compliant with AC 20-138D when the following equipment is
installed and operative:
 2 NG FMS;
 2 MCDU;
 2 GPS.
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
 Approach Operation - The airplane has been demonstrated

compliant with the requirements of AC 20-138D, regarding
multi-sensor system instrument non-precision approach
operation. The FMS has also been demonstrated compliant with
AC 20-138D, regarding the use of GPS for non-precision
approaches. The signal source(s) used to define the approach
and on-board equipment must be verified operational prior to
commencing the approach, as explained in the LIMITATIONS
section of this supplement. The FMS supports the following
non-precision approach minima:
 LNAV;
 LNAV/VNAV;
 RNP APRCH;
 RNP AR 0.3;
(1)
 RNP AR less than 0.3 ;
(1)
 LPV .
The FMS supports the following approaches using
ground-based navigation aids:
 VOR;
 VOR-DME;
 NDB;
 NDB-DME;
 Circling Approaches.
NOTE: 1) LPV and RNP AR less than 0.3 are optional

capability. Refer to applicable LPV and RNP AR
Operations supplements for additional information.
 Barometric Vertical Navigation - Airplanes with VNAV enabled

has been demonstrated compliant with the requirements of
AC 20-138D, regarding the barometric vertical navigation in
en-route, terminal, and non-precision approach operations,
when used in accordance with the limitations and operational
procedures contained in this Supplement.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-00

PRIMUS EPIC - NEXT
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-00 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
LIMITATIONS (LOAD 27.1 AND ON)

GENERAL LIMITATIONS
- Selection of FMS Position Update is prohibited during RNP 10
operations.
- The FMS does not correct the speed targets, including approach
and go around speeds, for ice conditions or non-normal conditions.
It is the pilot responsibility to ensure that the speeds are within the
limits in these conditions.
- Entry of a planned speed into the FMS which is below the minimum
safe maneuver speed prescribed in the basic AFM is prohibited.
- The use of GPS is limited to airspace where GPS is approved by
the appropriate governing authority.
- The use of VNAV requires the respective FD vertical guidance
mode to be active.
- The use of VNAV is prohibited when the respective FD vertical
guidance mode is other than VNAV, unless pilots adjust the ALT
SEL to each altitude constraint in the Flight Plan.
- The use of FMS Speed requires the respective FD vertical guidance
mode to be active.
- The selection of course interception to a conditional waypoint is
prohibited.
- The pilot must ensure that displayed guidance data from non-usable
stations is not used for navigation purposes by the flight crew. The
NOTAM function in the FMS does not always inhibit tuning of a
NOTAM selected station by the FMS when in AUTO tune mode.
Note that the FMS will not use NOTAM selected station data for
FMS position determination.
- If GPS RAIM is annunciated as not available during any phase of
flight, the pilot must monitor FMS guidance data and crosscheck
with raw data from an alternate source (i.e. VOR, DME, or IRS).
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
- The pilots must compare any procedures/route retrieved from the

FMS database with those published on the charts. Differences
between the charts and the FMS information up to 3 degrees are
acceptable.
- When a GPS Only Approach is planned, prior to dispatch, the crew
is required to verify that the predictive RAIM at the destination ETA
is within the approach criteria.
- Operation above 72° 30.0' north latitude and below 59° 30.0' south
latitude is prohibited due to unreliable magnetic heading, unless at
least one Inertial Reference System (IRS) is verified operational as
a sensor to the FMS. In this case, the system will automatically
switch to TRUE.
- FMS performance management calculations have not been certified
by the ANAC. FMS performance management information is
advisory information only, and may not be used as a basis for fuel
load planning or airplane range predictions.
- For areas in which the magnetic database error may differ in more
than 3 degrees from the published charts, the following functions
must be performed using true heading:
- Manual creation of waypoints by place/bearing/distance;
- Manual creation of waypoints by place/bearing/place/bearing;
- Holding inbound course;
- FIX INFO bearings;
- DIRECT-TO with intercept course.
NOTE: To define course and bearing references to TRUE north

in the FMS, insert the character "T" after the
course/bearing value.
- For airplanes equipped with magnetic database P/N
PS60001004-0003, PS60001004-0005, or PS60001004-0007,
the regions where the magnetic database error may differ in
more than 3 degrees from published charts are the following:
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW

LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 69°00' N
West of 110°00' W
East of 100°00' W
North of 65°00' N
West of 050°00' W
East of 120°00' E
South of 55°00' S
West of 160°00' E

LATITUDE LONGITUDE
East of 180°00' W
North of 60°00' N
West of 130°00' W
East of 130°00' W
North of 65°00' N
West of 095°00' W
East of 095°00' W
North of 55°00' N
West of 010°00' W
East of 010°00' W
North of 65°00' N
West of 020°00' E
East of 020°00' E
North of 69°00' N
West of 045°00' E
East of 100°00' E
North of 68°00' N
West of 160°00' E
East of 160°00' E
North of 60°00' N
West of 180°00' E
East of 120°00' E
South of 53°00' S
West of 170°00' E
- For IFR Navigation:

- Use of the FMS is limited to procedures that are referenced to
the WGS-84 or NAD-83 datum, unless other appropriate
authorized procedures are used.
- Pilots must verify if the navigation database cycle is valid.
- The FMS use is limited to geographic regions contained within
the installed navigation database.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
- Prior to flight using, a minimum of one VOR, DME, and IRS

must be verified to be installed and operational. Also, any
appropriate ground facilities that are utilized by the procedures
to be flown must be verified as operational using an approved
method.
- For RNP Navigation:
- For RNP AR operations with RNP less than 0.3 for Approach or
less than 1.0 for Missed Approach, the supplement 16 – "RNP
AR Operations" code 02 must be used.
- The use of the Steep Approach Mode is not allowed during
RNP AR operations.
- RNP AR operations are not available whenever the RNP AR
NOT AVAIL CAS message is displayed.
- Selection of FMS Position Update is prohibited during RNP
operations.
- The RNP 10 time limit of 6.2 hours applies to total GPS
unavailability. This time starts when the flight crew places the
IRU system in the navigation mode.
- For Advanced RNP functions, dual FMS and dual MCDU must
be operational before the start of flight.
- RNP procedures with RF legs requires the Flight Director
vertical mode to be engaged.
- The FMS does not proceed "Direct-To" the initial fix defining an
RF leg segment.
- The FMS does not accept a radar vector to the middle of an RF
leg segment for intercepting and completing the RF leg
segment.
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
- The FMS does not support pre-planning a parallel offset using

specified start and end fixes. Once activated, the parallel offset
becomes effective immediately.
- The FMS does not support parallel offset on procedures
including FRT or RF legs.
NOTE: This Supplement does not constitute operational approval

of, or authority to conduct, RNP operations.
APPROACH LIMITATIONS
- ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF, GLS, MLS, Visual, and Radar
approaches using the FMS as the navigation source for guidance
are prohibited. This limitation does not apply to RNAV Visual or
FMS Visual approaches.
- The use of Preview feature is required when using FMS guidance to
conduct an instrument approach procedure that does not include
GPS in the title of the published procedure. Also, the flight crew
must verify that the procedure specified navaids and associated
avionics are operational (i.e. VOR, DME, ADF).
- The pilot must rely on the altimeter as the primary vertical reference
during the final approach segment, including step down fixes. VNAV
path guidance is supplementary guidance information.
- Use of VNAV guidance below the published approach minimums
without the appropriate visibility indications is prohibited.
- Use of temperature compensation feature must be coordinated with
ATC if Baro-VNAV operations are intended.
- The use of temperature compensation feature is required if
Baro-VNAV operations outside the temperature limits published on
approach procedure chart are intended.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
HOLDING LIMITATIONS
The following limitations are applicable to airplanes Pre-Mod.
SB 190-31-0064 or Pre-Mod. SB 190LIN-31-0019 (Load 27.3):
- The use of the FMS default option (if presented) is required when
inserting a hold on a waypoint.
- The selection of a database defined hold option on the FMS select
hold page is prohibited.
FMS CONFIGURATION
HONEYWELL FMS PILOT'S OPERATING MANUAL

- Pilot's Operating Manual P/N D201007000016 or other approved
manual must be available to the flight crew.
- The Pilot's Manual must match the FMS software version installed
in the airplane.
TAKEOFF AND LANDING (TOLD) FUNCTION

The following limitations are applicable to airplanes equipped with
TOLD:
- The operator must verify that the TOLD database is in accordance
with the valid CAFM version.
- The speeds calculated by TOLD do not account for emergency and

abnormal conditions.
- The FMS does not provide landing performance assessment to

evaluate the actual landing distance.
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
MINIMUM CONFIGURATION FOR RNP AR

OPERATIONS
For RNP AR procedures not less than 0.3 for approach and not less
than 1.0 for missed approach operations, the configuration below is
required:
- Primus EPIC load 27.1 and on.
- Dual NG FMS version NG1.0 and on – included in the Primus EPIC
software.
- VGP (VGP UNAVAILABLE scratchpad message not presented on
MCDU).
- 2 GPS.
- 1 IRU.
- 2 MCDU.
- 1 TAT sensor.
- 4 Display units.
- 2 RVSM Compliant Air Data Systems.
- 1 Flight Director.
- 1 Radar Altimeter Unit.
- EGPWS.
- RNP AR compliant Navigation Database.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-05

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-05 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
NORMAL PROCEDURES (LOAD 27.1 AND ON)

PRIOR TO FLIGHT
Flight Plan ..................................................................... ACTIVATE
Performance INIT ......................................................... SET
After a RTO, the performance init must be reconfirmed.
If RNP AR operations are intended:
RNP predictive performance capability ................... CHECK
NAV Database......................................................... VERIFY
CURRENCY
Takeoff Pages............................................................... SET/CONFIRM
PFD NAV Source .......................................................... SELECT FMS
LNAV............................................................................. AS REQUIRED
VNAV ............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
Speed Selector Knob .................................................... AS REQUIRED
CRUISE
NOTE: - With FMS Cruise Schedules in MXR SPD or MAX SPD, the
TRS does not automatically transition to CRZ.
- The speed error vector on the ADI should be ignored if the
FMS speed command is in Mach.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
APPROACH
It is assumed that LNAV and VNAV are the active navigation modes,
and the Speed Selector Knob is set to FMS.
If RNP AR approach is intended:
NOTE: - The procedure must be retrieved from the FMS
database.
- Temperature limits on the approach chart may be
disregarded if the temperature compensation is in use.
Prior to the IAF:
RNP Value ...................................................... VERIFY
The correct RNP value must be checked on the navigation
chart, and inserted on the FMS, if it differs from the default
value.
Throughout all the approach sequence:

Track Deviation............................................... MONITOR
The deviation must not exceed half of the RNP value
(0.5xRNP). Brief lateral deviations from this standard during
and immediately after turns are allowable up to a maximum
of one time the RNP value (1 x RNP).
During the Final Approach Segment:
The deviation must not exceed +/-75 ft vertically during the
final approach segment.
At the IAF:
Altimeters ......................................................... SET &
X-CHECK
- Set the current, local altimeter setting. Use of remote
altimeter settings is not authorized for RNP AR approach
operations.
- If an amber ALT annunciation is displayed on the upper part
of the Altitude Tape, abandon the approach.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
Landing Speeds ............................................................ VERIFY

Approach Speeds ......................................................... VERIFY
Go Around Speeds ....................................................... VERIFY
NOTE: - When VGP mode is engaged, the FMS descent path will not
be restricted by the altitude pre-selector.
- During approaches with VNAV engaged, the ALT SEL must
be set to altitudes lower than current airplane altitude.
HOLD PATTERN
Speed............................................................................ AS REQUIRED
For speeds above 210 kt, pilots must monitor the position
throughout the maneuver to ensure protected airspace
maintenance.
Hold Entry Type ............................................................ VERIFY

Hold Inbound Course .................................................... VERIFY
Hold Turn Direction....................................................... VERIFY
Hold Leg Time/Distance ............................................... VERIFY
When the Hold Altitude Termination Point is reached:
EXIT Prompt on FPL ............................................... SELECT
LANDING
NOTE: - If a landing is necessary immediately after take-off, the pilot

must first clear the take-off v-speeds from the TAKEOFF
page on the MCDU, in order to clear the take-off v-speeds
from the Airspeed tape on the PFD.
- The system does not support landing v-speeds display for
touch and go operations.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT

(LOAD 27.1 AND ON)
All FMS Action/Malfunction Messages are described in the Honeywell

Flight Management System Pilot's Operating Manual.
The airplane abnormal operating procedures are the same as those in
the basic AFM except as follows:
DEGRADED NAVIGATION
The UNABLE RNP and GPS APPR RAIM UNAVAIL scratchpad
message will also be displayed.
Select the non-affected FMS. For single FMS installations, use the
procedures from the following table:
Non-RNP Terminal or En-route Crosscheck FMS data with raw data
(including RNAV 5) from VOR, DME, and NDB. De-
select error causing sensor, if
detectable.
RNAV 1 AND RNAV 2 Contact ATC, advise inability to
continue RNAV 1 or RNAV 2.
RNP Terminal, En-route, Contact ATC and advise inability to
Remote continue RNP operations.
Non-RNP (excluding GPS Use alternate source (VOR, NDB or
required) Approach visual references) if available. If not,
declare Missed Approach.
RNP 0.3, and GPS required Declare Missed Approach, unless
Approach Operations acquired the visual references
required to continue the approach to
the intended runway.
Non-RNP Remote Crosscheck FMS data with raw data
from GPS, IRS. De-select error
causing sensor, if detectable.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
DEAD RECKONING
The pilot should discontinue use of the FMS when in it is in DR mode.
If there is no alternative means of navigation (off-side FMS, VOR, etc.),
the pilot may elect to perform manual position updates to the FMS,
using reference point fly-over techniques, to minimize the navigation
error. In this case, ATC must be notified of the loss of navigation
capability on the airplane.
FMS 1 (2) FAILURE

In case of single FMS failure, the system automatically reverts to the
cross side FMS. For single FMS installation, use the procedures from
the following table.
Non-RNP Terminal or En-route Use alternate source. (VOR, NDB,
DME).
RNAV 5, RNAV 1, RNAV 2, or Contact ATC and declare inability to
RNP operations continue RNAV 5, RNAV 1, RNAV 2,
or RNP operations.
Non-RNP (excluding GPS Use alternate source, if available.
required) Approach (VOR, NDB or visual references). If
not available, declare missed
approach.
RNP 0.3 or GPS required Declare Missed Approach, unless
approach acquired the visual references
required to continue the approach to
the intended runway.
Remote Operations Contact ATC and declare loss of
long range navigation capability.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
MAU 1A FAILURE
The FMS performance predictions are corrupted. In order to recover
this information, pilots can manually enter an estimated total fuel flow
on the FUEL MGMT page.
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
PERFORMANCE (LOAD 27.1 AND ON)

The FMS has been demonstrated to comply with the VNAV

requirements stated in Appendix H of DO-236C. The FMS supports
fixed radius transitions and radius to fix (RF Leg) capability in
accordance with DO-236B. The RNAV holding, scalable RNP and
parallel offset features were implemented per DO-236C. Refer to
LIMITATIONS section for parallel offset limitation.
The FMS provides default RNP types for each phase of flight. Each
RNP type has a required steering method, which is necessary to
maintain containment integrity. The default RNP types and their
associated steering methods are as follows:
Minimum Required
Flight Phase RNP Value
Steering Method
Remote/Oceanic 4 Manual CDI
En-route 2 Manual CDI
Terminal 1 Flight Director
Approach see note (1) Flight Director
Missed Approach 1 Flight Director
NOTE: 1) The default RNP value for Approach is:
- 0.5 for airplanes performing radio-based approach. For
RNAV approaches the default value is 0.3.
The default RNP value can be modified manually by the Flight Crew or
by the RNP value obtained from the navigation database. The FMS
automatically retrieves the RNP value from the procedure database,
according to each leg.
When the FMS is selected as the navigation source on the PFD, the
scale of the CDI will be based on the displayed active RNP value. The
two-dot, full-scale deflection of the CDI will always be equal to the RNP
value (1xRNP) displayed on the PFD.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
It is the pilot’s responsibility to monitor lateral deviation, and take

appropriate action to ensure the airplane follows the flight plan with
minimal error.
The steering sources required for each RNP type assume worst case
position determination by the FMS. Regardless of the sensors in use,
the RNP integrity alert will always be provided at any time the current
position determination mode of the FMS does not yield satisfactory
accuracy and integrity to satisfy the containment requirements for the
active RNP type.
GPS mode is given the highest priority for position determination, when
GPS RAIM is within limits. If GPS is not available, the FMS position
determination mode is based on a comparison of EPU values for all
other position determination modes. The FMS will use the mode with
the lowest EPU.
Due to unique navaid geometries involved in the DME/DME and
VOR/DME updating modes, navigation performance is optimized in the
cross-track dimension. As a result, along-track accuracy has not been
demonstrated to meet the RNP 0.3 requirement for these modes for all
geometries.
The FMS computes an Estimate of Position Uncertainty (EPU), which
is displayed with the current position determination mode on the
PROGRESS page on the MCDU.
If the EPU is greater than the active RNP for a set period of time
(determined by phase of flight), the FMS will provide an alert (DGRAD
on the PFD and UNABLE RNP on the MCDU scratchpad) to notify the
crew that the system does not have the necessary accuracy or integrity
to maintain RNP operations for the current RNP type. The following
table describes the relationship between phase of flight and the time to
alarm.
Time to
Flight Phase
Alarm (sec)
Remote/Oceanic 54
En-route 24
Terminal 6
Approach 6
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
The RNP implementation for the FMS is consistent with the industry
guidance provided in RTCA DO-236C, which results in certain
differences from the TSO-C129a requirements.
If flight mode is approach, and the active approach procedure requires
the use of GPS, then the integrity limit is set to the system’s present
RNP value. In all other cases, the integrity limit is set to twice the
system’s present RNP value. This definition provides consistency with
TSO C129a alarm limit requirements for the GPS approach case (0.3
NM), however for the terminal and en route environments, the RNP
integrity alarm limit (defined in RTCA DO-236C) of 2 times the RNP is
applicable.
The resulting alarm limits differ from the TSO-C129a specified alarm
limits as follows:
DO-236C
Default TSO-C129a
Containment
RNP Alarm Limit
Limit (2·RNP)
Remote/Oceanic 4 8 2
En Route 2 4 2
Terminal 1 2 1
Approach see note (1) see note (2) 0.3
NOTE: 1) The default RNP value for Approach is:

2) The DO-236C Containment Limit for Approach is:
Refer to the ABNORMAL PROCEDURES section of this manual
supplement for details regarding procedures for degraded navigation.
The FMS also provides annunciations to alert the crew of an inability to
meet the RNP for future flight plan legs. Refer to the Honeywell Primus
Epic FMS Pilot’s Operating Manual for further details regarding system
features and annunciations.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S2-10

PRIMUS EPIC - NEW
GENERATION FLIGHT
FLIGHT
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S2-10 ANAC APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 3
CAT II OPERATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S3-00 ....... 02
CAT II Engagement Logic ............................................ S3-00 ....... 02
CAT II Warnings ........................................................... S3-00 ....... 04
Limitations.......................................................................... S3-05 ....... 01
Minimum Equipment Required ..................................... S3-05 ....... 01
Autopilot System........................................................... S3-05 ....... 02
Approach and Landing Flaps ....................................... S3-05 ....... 02
Normal Procedures ............................................................ S3-10 ....... 01
CAT II Approach ........................................................... S3-10 ....... 01
Missed Approach.......................................................... S3-10 ....... 02
Landing ......................................................................... S3-10 ....... 02
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures ............................. S3-10 ....... 03
Altitude Loss ................................................................. S3-10 ....... 03
Abnormal Procedures................................................... S3-10 ....... 04
Autopilot Malfunction .................................................... S3-10 ....... 05
Abnormalities................................................................ S3-10 ....... 06
Performance ...................................................................... S3-10 ....... 07
Demonstrated Wind Components ................................ S3-10 ....... 07
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S3-00

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
This supplement provides information required for CAT II operation
when the appropriate equipment and instruments are approved,
installed and in an operable condition. The information herein
presented replaces or complements the equivalent information in the
basic AFM.
This AFM Supplement does not constitute operational approval or
credit for Category II operation. Approval must be obtained from the
appropriate regulatory authority prior to conducting these operations.
For limitations, procedures and performance information not contained
in this Supplement refer to the basic AFM and applicable
supplements.
CAT II ENGAGEMENT LOGIC

The Primus-Epic integrated Avionics has a CAT ll logic which is
automatically activated whenever the RA/BARO Minimums Selector
knob is set to RA position. A green APPR 2 annunciator indicates the
correct setting and a white or amber APPR 1 ONLY annunciator
indicates an incorrect setting. The green APPR 2 annunciator is
displayed in the Autopilot Approach Status Annunciator above each
FMA.
NOTE: The radio altitude can be set to off or to an altitude greater that
80 ft. However, the Decision Altitude (DA) or the Decision
Height (DH) is limited to 100 ft above ground level.
CAT II CONDITIONS OF OPERATION
CAT II operation is allowed only with the green APPR 2 annunciator

enabled.
To obtain a green APPR 2 annunciator the following conditions must
be met:
− Radio altitude below 1500 ft.
− Flaps 5.
− NAV 1 on pilot's side and NAV 2 on copilot's side, both NAV’s
tuned to the same LOC frequency.
− An active approach GS/LOC mode selected. Both courses set
to same value.
− Both Flight Directors operational.
AFM-1868
S3-00 ANAC APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
− Attitude and Heading valid on both PFD’s.

− Glide slope and Localizer deviation valid on both PFD’s.
− No reversions (IRS and ADC) modes selected on both PFD’s.
− Valid Airspeed and Baro Altitude on both PFD’s.
− No comparison monitors are tripped (FPA, Attitude, Heading,
Airspeed, Baro Altitude, Localizer, Glide slope and Radio
altitude) on both PFD’s.
− No back course selected.
− The EICAS message APPR 2 NOT AVAIL not presented.
− RA/BARO Minimums Selector knob set to RA.
− Both Display Control Panels set set to the same CAT II
Decision Height (RA to OFF or an altitude greater than 80 ft).
− No TCS Button pressed.
NOTE: - If the CAT II Instrument Approach Landing chart does not
authorize the use of RA, set the RA to OFF. In this case
there is no EGPWS call outs “APPROACHING MINIMUMS”
and “MINIMUMS, MINIMUMS”.
- When the green APPR 2 annunciator is enabled, the
localizer lateral deviation scale is expanded with the external
limits representing the excessive deviation points.
If one of these conditions is not met, the green APPR 2 annunciator
will not appear.
If the green APPR 2 annunciation is displayed and one of the following

conditions is achieved, the amber APPR 1 ONLY annunciation will
flash active characters inverse video for 5 seconds then steady in
conjunction with the RA Minimum Selected Digital Readout:
− No valid Radio Altitude displayed.
− Airplane no longer APPR 2 capable.
− Crew selects flaps position other than 5 below 800 ft.
− EICAS message SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAG displayed.
− Either Minimums Selected Readouts change from RA to
BARO.
− LOC frequency or inbound course mismatch.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S3-00

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CAT II WARNINGS
LOCALIZER, GLIDE SLOPE AND RADIO ALTITUDE
COMPARATORS WARNINGS
A comparison between the localizer, glide slope and radio altitude
deviation indications are performed when the following conditions are
met:
− On-side radio altitude valid and below 1500 ft.
− APR mode selected on Flight Guidance Panel.
− Flaps 5.
− CAT II Decision Height setting on both Display Control Panels.
− On-side VOR/LOC active course valid.
− Cross-side data valid.
− Go-around not selected on either side.
For localizer, the following additional condition is required:
− Both LOC signals tuned and valid for at least 15 seconds.
If LOC indications differ by values above approximately 1/2 dot, an
amber LOC annunciator will appear flashing (for 10 seconds) then
steady on the left side of the PFD’s between EADI and EHSI.
For glide slope, the following additional condition is required:

− Both glide slope signals valid and both LOC signals tuned and
valid for at least 15 seconds.
If GS indications differ by values above approximately 2/3 dot, an
amber GS annunciator will appear flashing (for 10 seconds) then
steady on the left side of the PFD’s between EADI and EHSI.
For radio altitude, the following additional condition is required:

− Both radio altimeters signals valid and on scale.
If radio altimeters indications differ more than 10 ft approximately,
an amber RA annunciator will appear flashing (for 10 seconds)
then steady in the ADI.
AFM-1868
S3-00 ANAC APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
EXCESSIVE LOCALIZER AND GLIDE SLOPE DEVIATIONS

WARNINGS
The on-side localizer and glide slope excessive deviations are
compared to the Cat II limits and displayed when the following
conditions are met:
− APR mode selected on Guidance Panel.
− Flaps 5.
− CAT II Decision Height setting on Guidance Panel.
− VOR/LOC is the active course is valid.
− On-side radio altitude between 500 and 80 ft.
− On-side localizer tuned and valid.
− On-side glide slope valid.
− Go-around not selected on either side.
Localizer excessive deviation:

If a localizer deviation greater than approximately 1/3 dot is
detected, the HSI lateral deviation bar on the PFD’s HSI will
change from green to amber, the lateral deviation scale will
change from white to amber, and flash.
NOTE: The on-side excessive deviation warning is also displayed

when the cross-side system has detected an excessive
deviation.
Glide slope excessive deviation:

If a glide slope deviation greater than approximately one dot is
detected, the GS pointer on the PFD’s ADI will change from
green to amber, the GS scale will change from white to amber,
and flash.
NOTE: The on-side excessive deviation warning is also displayed

when the cross-side system has detected an excessive
deviation.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S3-00

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S3-00 ANAC APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
FLIGHT CONTROLS
CAT II is prohibited with the SPOILER FAULT EICAS message
displayed.
MINIMUM EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

The performance of Category II approaches has been demonstrated
to meet the airworthiness requirements of FAA AC 120-29A –
Appendix 3 and CS AWO Subpart 2 requirement, when the following
equipment are installed and operative:
− 2 Inertial Reference Systems;
− 2 Flight Director Systems;
− 2 Primary Flight Displays (PFD);
− Windshield Wipers;
− 2 VOR/ILS NAV Systems;
− 1 VHF/COMM System;
− 1 Radio Altimeter;
− 1 Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS);
− 2 Air Data Systems (ADS).
For CAT II operation with one engine inoperative, the following also
applies:
− 1 Autopilot System Channel;
− Manual FD approaches are prohibited.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S3-05

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM
Minimum Use Height (MUH) ......................................... 50 ft
NOTE: Coupled go-around height loss may be 50 ft.
APPROACH AND LANDING FLAPS

CAT II approach and landing must be performed with flaps 5.
AFM-1868
S3-05 ANAC APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
CAT II APPROACH
BEFORE INTERCEPTING LOCALIZER COURSE

− Set the RA/BARO Minimums Selector knob to RA.
− Perform the Descent/Approach/Before Landing checklists, as
appropriate.
− Set the CAT II Decision Height on both Display Control Panels.
− Test Radio Altimeter if only one is available.
− Select the same ILS frequency on MCDU.
NOTE: - If Radio Altimeter is checked not functioning properly the
CAT ll approach must be discontinued.
- A minimum distance of 4 NM to the Outer Marker is
recommended for interception and stabilization along the
approach course.
BEFORE INTERCEPTING THE GLIDE SLOPE

− Monitor radio altimeter information.
− Lower landing gear (one dot below GS interception) and set
flaps to 5.
− Set the Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5) on AP bug (cyan
bug).
− Stabilize and maintain the Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5).
− Set approach climb speed on FS reference speed bug (green
bug).
− Be sure that Marker Beacon audio is on.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S3-10

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFTER PASSING FAF

− The pilot flying should maintain the Landing Reference Speed
(VREF 5).
− At 80 ft above the decision height setting the EGPWS will call
out "APPROACHING MINIMUMS".
NOTE: If the CAT II Instrument Approach Landing chart does not
authorize the use of RA, set the RA to OFF. In this case
there is no EGPWS call outs “APPROACHING
MINIMUMS” and “MINIMUMS, MINIMUMS”.
− If visual contact is not made upon reaching the decision height

or if any malfunction could not be promptly identified during
approach, a missed approach must be immediately initiated.
MISSED APPROACH
GO-AROUND Procedure.............................................. APPLY
LANDING
Reaching the Decision Height with runway in sight:
Autopilot ................................................................... DISENGAGE
Landing .................................................................... PERFORM
AFM-1868
S3-10 CTA APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL

ALTITUDE LOSS
The demonstrated altitude loss due to a pitch down hardover during
flight test is presented in the graph below.
− Recovery initiated 1 second after failure recognition:
350
300
250
FAILURE OCCURS
200
ALTITUDE - ft
AIRPLANE WHEEL
150
100
FAILURE
RECOGNIZED
RECOVERY SLOPE 1/29

50 INITIATED
170CTA12-15SEPT2003
0
-800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
RUNWAY THRESHOLD
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE - m
NOTE: The maximum demonstrated altitude loss due to autopilot

malfunction is 20 ft.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S3-10

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HARDOVER
If any unusual acceleration or motion is noticed on the airplane flight
path the approach must be discontinued, and:
MISSED APPROACH Procedure ............................ PERFORM AS
REQUIRED
Perform a normal MISSED APPROACH Procedure, unless the
approach is continued under visual conditions and the airplane
position and attitude assure a safe landing.
SLOWOVER
The Slowover consists in a smooth and slow airplane attitude change
due to an autopilot system malfunction. It may be recognized if one of
the following symptoms occurs during approach:
− Unusual glide slope small deviation.

− Change in the rate of descent (small or large).
− Excessive glide slope deviation and the GS indications
becoming amber.
− Autopilot self disconnection.
If a Slowover tendency is confirmed:

MISSED APPROACH Procedure ............................ PERFORM AS
REQUIRED
NOTE: Consider the possibility of continuing and performing the
landing if under visual conditions and the airplane position
and attitude assure a safe landing.
AFM-1868
S3-10 CTA APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ENGINE FAILURE ON FINAL APPROACH OR DURING GO-AROUND

Go-Around .................................................................... PERFORM
AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION
BEFORE REACHING FAF

If the autopilot disengages or has to be disengaged, try to reengage it.
If the autopilot disengages again:
MISSED APPROACH Procedure............................ PERFORM AS
REQUIRED
AFTER REACHING FAF

If the autopilot disengages or has to be disengaged, do not reengage
the autopilot.
MISSED APPROACH Procedure............................ PERFORM AS
REQUIRED
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S3-10

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DISPLAY WARNINGS DURING FINAL APPROACH

Discontinue the approach if any of the following warnings occur:
- APPR 1 ONLY displayed on Autopilot Approach Status Annunciator,
- EICAS message APPR 2 NOT AVAIL presented,
- RALT FAIL (cyan),
- RA (amber),
- GS (amber),
- LOC (amber),
- PIT (amber),
- HDG (amber),
- CAS (amber),
- FPA (amber).
Perform a normal MISSED APPROACH Procedure, unless the
EXCESSIVE DEVIATION WARNING

If warning occurs above 200 ft Radio Altitude:
Monitor the ILS deviation to ensure that the airplane returns to the
center beam. If not recovered up to 200 ft radio altitude:
Discontinue the approach.
If warning occurs below 200 ft Radio Altitude:
Discontinue the approach.
In both cases, perform a normal MISSED APPROACH Procedure,
unless the approach is continued under visual conditions and the
airplane position and attitude assure a safe landing.
ABNORMALITIES
The following abnormalities are deviation from CAT ll ILS tracking
normal range and must be called out:
− Excessive LOC or GS deviations.
− Airspeed 10 kt higher or 5 kt lower than the Landing Reference
Speed (VREF 5).
− Roll angle in excess of 25°.
− Pitch angle below - 5° or above 5°.
− Rate of descent in excess of 1200 ft/min.
AFM-1868
S3-10 CTA APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
The performance data required for Category II operations are
presented by basic CAFM output tables and must be calculated
previously.
Operational regulations may require additional CAFM landing distance
adjustment.
ENGINES TLA FLAPS GEAR AIRSPEED

APPROACH
APPROACH
1 TOGA 2 UP CLIMB
CLIMB
SPEED
LANDING
2 TOGA 5 DOWN VREF 5 (1)
CLIMB
LANDING 2 IDLE 5 DOWN VREF 5 (1)
NOTE: 1) The Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5) for Category II

operations is the appropriate speed obtained from the
CAFM and differs from the VREF 5 used for Category I
operations.
DEMONSTRATED WIND COMPONENTS

Headwind...................................................................... 37 kt
Tailwind......................................................................... 15 kt
Crosswind ..................................................................... 16 kt
These maximum demonstrated values are not considered to be
limiting.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S3-10

CAT II OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S3-10 CTA APPROVED

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 4
RVSM OPERATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General.............................................................................. S4-00 ........02
Introduction................................................................... S4-00 ........02
Limitations ......................................................................... S4-05 ........01
Minimum Equipment Required..................................... S4-05 ........01
Normal Procedures ........................................................... S4-10 ........01
External Safety Inspection............................................ S4-10 ........01
Before Takeoff.............................................................. S4-10 ........01
Cruise ........................................................................... S4-10 ........01
After Landing ................................................................ S4-10 ........02
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures............................... S4-10 ........02
Performance...................................................................... S4-10 ........03
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S4-00

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
This Supplement is provided to present the data required for operation
in the RVSM (Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum) airspace. The
RVSM operation reduces the EMBRAER 190/EMBRAER 195
minimum vertical separation from 2000 ft to 1000 ft between FL 290
and FL 410.
Airworthiness approval alone does not authorize flight into airspace for
which an RVSM operational approval is required by an ICAO Regional
Navigation Agreement.
The information herein presented must replace or complement the

equivalent data in the basic AFM.
AFM-1868
S4-00 ANAC APPROVED

FLIGHT RVSM OPERATION
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS

During RVSM operation it is necessary that the following equipment and
instruments be in proper operating condition:
- 2 RVSM Compliant Air Data Systems;
- 1 Autopilot with Altitude Hold Mode operative;
- 1 Altitude Alerter;
- 1 Transponder.
NOTE: - The ADS 1, ADS 2 and ADS 3 are compliant with RVSM
operation.
- The ADS 3 is not considered RVSM compliant in case of loss
of sideslip compensation, EICAS message ADS 3 SLIPCOMP
FAIL displayed.
- The IESS must not be used for RVSM operation.
- Should any of the required equipment fail prior to the airplane
entering RVSM airspace, the pilot should request a new
clearance to avoid entering this airspace.
- An operating transponder may not be required for entry into all
designated RVSM airspace. The local authority determines
the requirements for an operational transponder in each area
where operations are intended.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S4-05

RVSM OPERATION FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S4-05 CTA APPROVED

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
The actions listed below must complement the procedures contained
in the basic AFM. The remaining Normal Procedures section remains
unchanged.
EXTERNAL SAFETY INSPECTION
NOSE SECTION
Air Data Smart Probes................................................NO DAMAGE OR
OBSTRUCTION
Particular attention should be paid to the condition of the pressure
ports and to the marked area on the fuselage skin near each Air
Data Smart Probe.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
Altimeters....................................................................SET TO THE
AIRFIELD QNH
Altitude Indications......................................................CHECK
NOTE: - An alternative procedure using QFE may also be used;
- The maximum difference among the three altimeters
indications must not exceed 23 m (75 ft).
CRUISE
Be sure that all required equipment are in proper operating condition.
Ensure that the aircraft is flown at the cleared flight level and that ATC
clearances are fully understood and followed. Do not depart from
cleared flight level without a positive clearance from ATC except for a
contingency or emergency situation.
While changing flight levels, do not overshoot or undershoot the
cleared flight level by more than 45 m (150 ft).
The autopilot should be operative and engaged during level cruise,
except for circumstances such as the need to re-trim the airplane or
when it must be disengaged due to turbulence.
When altitude difference between PFD 1 and PFD 2 exceeds 100 ft,
select ADS 3 on the PFD that does not agree with IESS.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S4-10

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFTER LANDING
In case of failure or malfunction, the following information should be
recorded when appropriate:
− ADS 1, ADS 2, ADS 3 altimeter readings;
− Altitude selector setting;
− Baro Set value and Baro Set unit (InHg/HPa);
− Flight Director used with the Autopilot to control the airplane and
any differences when the other Flight Director was coupled;
− Use of air data system reversion for fault diagnosis procedure;
− The transponder selected to provide altitude information to ATC
and any difference noted when an alternative transponder was
selected.

The actions listed below must complement the procedures contained
in the basic AFM. The remaining Emergency and Abnormal
Procedures section remains unchanged.
− In case of emergency or abnormal situation or contingencies
(equipment failures, weather, etc.) which affect the ability to
maintain the cleared flight level, notify ATC and co-ordinate an
action plan that is appropriate to the airspace concerned;
− Notify ATC when encountering greater than moderate
turbulence;
− If unable to notify ATC and obtain an ATC clearance prior to
deviating from the cleared flight level, follow any established
contingency procedures and obtain ATC clearance as soon as
possible.
AFM-1868
S4-10 CTA APPROVED

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
Performance Data presented in the basic AFM remain unchanged.
AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED S4-10

RVSM OPERATION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
S4-10 CTA APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 6
HEAD UP GUIDANCE SYSTEM OPERATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S6-00 ....... 02
Limitations.......................................................................... S6-05 ....... 01
Normal Procedures............................................................. S6-10 ....... 01
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures.............................. S6-10 ....... 07
Performance ...................................................................... S6-15 ....... 01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
NOTE: The information herein presented is applicable to the
EMBRAER 190 equipped with HGS as a repeater only.
This supplement provides information required for the Flight Dynamics
Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System operation. The information
herein presented replaces or complements the equivalent information
in the basic AFM.
The HGS is a supplementary display of the primary flight information, a
PFD repeater, during the following flight phases:
− Takeoff in visual conditions.
− Climb.
− Cruise.
− Approach and Landing, including instrument approaches.
− Windshear Prevention and Recovery guidance.
− TCAS advisory and corrective situations.
The HGS does not represent an essential equipment for those
operations.
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
GENERAL
EMBRAER 190 properly equipped for LVTO and HUD A3
mode operations.
This Supplement provides information required for the Rockwell Collins
Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System (HGS) operation. The
information herein presented replaces or complements the equivalent
information in the basic AFM.
The Rockwell Collins Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System (HGS) is
approved for use throughout the full flight regime as a supplemental
display.
The CAT III operations are predicated upon the use of an ILS facility
with performance and integrity equivalent to, or between, an ICAO
Annex 10 Facility Performance CAT III ILS, a US Type II or Type III
ILS, or equivalent. Manual CAT II operations at a US Type I ILS facility
may be conduced using HUD A3 mode guidance.
This AFM Supplement does not constitute approval to conduct takeoff
operations or CAT II and CAT III approaches, landing and roll-out
operations below established operational minima. Approval must be
obtained from the appropriate regulatory authority prior to conducting
these operations.
in this Supplement refer to the basic AFM and applicable Supplements.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LOW VISIBILITY TAKEOFF - CONDITIONS OF

OPERATION
The low visibility takeoff display and ground roll guidance are
automatically provided to the pilot once the following conditions have
been established:
− All NAV receivers tuned to same ILS frequency;
− Runway length set on the MCDU HGS Page between 1220 m
(4000 ft) and 5486 m (18000 ft);
− Airplane Heading and Selected Course are within 15° from
each other;
− Basic attitude (pitch, roll, heading) data from dual sources
within defined limits;
− Takeoff speeds, Performance Initial and Takeoff Flaps set on
the MCDU.
HUD A3 – APPROACH, LANDING AND ROLL-OUT -

CONDITIONS OF OPERATION
The system conditions that must be met in order to achieve HUD A3
capability include:
− HUD A3 selection on the MCDU HGS Page set to ON;
(4000 ft) and 5486 m (18000 ft);
− Left and right sides receiving information from different ADSs
and IRSs;
− Flight Director vertical mode GS armed or engaged;
− Course selected set to approach course on both sides.
HUD A3 mode becomes active when the previous conditions are
satisfied and the following conditions are met:
− Flight Director vertical mode GS engaged;
− Minimums Selector knob set to RA on both sides;
NOTE: After engaging HUD A3 mode, the Minimums Selector knobs
may be set to BARO.
− Radio altitude between 1500 ft and 500 ft;
− Glideslope between -2.5° and -3.0°;
− Slat/Flap set to 5;
− Autopilot disengaged above 500 ft.
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
USE OF HGS IN MODES OTHER THAN LOW

VISIBILITY TAKEOFF AND HUD A3
The use of HGS in all modes other than for low visibility takeoff and
HUD A3 must be in accordance with the limitations, emergency and
abnormal procedures, normal procedures and performance data
contained in the basic AFM and in the applicable Supplements.
CAT II OPERATIONS USING HUD A3 MODE

For CAT II operations using HUD A3 mode, the limitations, emergency
and abnormal procedures, normal procedures and performance data
contained in this Supplement must replace or complement the
information contained in Supplement 3, in the basic AFM and in the
applicable Supplements.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 6
HEAD UP GUIDANCE SYSTEM OPERATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S6-00 ....... 02
Limitations.......................................................................... S6-05 ....... 01
Normal Procedures............................................................. S6-10 ....... 01
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures.............................. S6-10 ....... 07
Performance ...................................................................... S6-15 ....... 01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
EMBRAER 195 equipped with HGS repeater only.
This Supplement provides information required for the Flight Dynamics
Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System operation. The information
herein presented replaces or complements the equivalent information
in the basic AFM.
The HGS is a supplementary display of the primary flight information, a
PFD repeater, during the following flight phases:
− Takeoff in visual conditions.
− Climb.
− Cruise.
− Approach and Landing, including instrument approaches.
− Windshear Prevention and Recovery guidance.
− TCAS advisory and corrective situations.
The HGS does not represent an essential equipment for those
operations.
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
GENERAL
mode operations.
This Supplement provides information required for the Rockwell Collins
Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System (HGS) operation. The
information herein presented replaces or complements the equivalent
information in the basic AFM.
The Rockwell Collins Model 5600 Head-Up Guidance System (HGS) is
approved for use throughout the full flight regime as a supplemental
display.
The CAT III operations are predicated upon the use of an ILS facility
with performance and integrity equivalent to, or between, an ICAO
Annex 10 Facility Performance CAT III ILS, a US Type II or Type III
ILS, or equivalent. Manual CAT II operations at a US Type I ILS facility
may be conduced using HUD A3 mode guidance.
This AFM Supplement does not constitute approval to conduct takeoff
operations or CAT II and CAT III approaches, landing and roll-out
operations below established operational minima. Approval must be
obtained from the appropriate regulatory authority prior to conducting
these operations.
in this Supplement refer to the basic AFM and applicable Supplements.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LOW VISIBILITY TAKEOFF - CONDITIONS OF

OPERATION
The low visibility takeoff display and ground roll guidance are
automatically provided to the pilot once the following conditions have
been established:
− All NAV receivers tuned to the same ILS frequency;
(4000 ft) and 5486 m (18000 ft);
− Airplane Heading and Selected Course are within 15° from
each other;
− Basic attitude (pitch, roll, heading) data from dual sources
within defined limits;
− Takeoff speeds, Performance Initial and Takeoff Flaps set on
the MCDU.
HUD A3 – APPROACH, LANDING AND ROLL-OUT -
CONDITIONS OF OPERATION
The system conditions that must be met in order to achieve HUD A3
capability include:
− HUD A3 selection on the MCDU HGS Page set to ON;
(4000 ft) and 5486 m (18000 ft);
− Left and right sides receiving information from different ADSs
and IRSs;
− Flight Director vertical mode GS armed or engaged;
− Course selected set to approach course on both sides.
HUD A3 mode becomes active when the previous conditions are
satisfied and the following conditions are met:
− Flight Director vertical mode GS engaged;
− Minimums Selector knob set to RA on both sides.
NOTE: After engaging HUD A3 mode, the Minimums Selector knobs
may be set to BARO.
− Radio altitude between 1500 ft and 500 ft;
− Glideslope between -2.5° and -3.0°;
− Slat/Flap set to 5;
− Autopilot disengaged above 500 ft.
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
USE OF HGS IN MODES OTHER THAN LOW

VISIBILITY TAKEOFF AND HUD A3
The use of HGS in all modes other than low visibility takeoff and
HUD A3 must be in accordance with the limitations, emergency and
abnormal procedures, normal procedures and performance data
contained in the basic AFM and in the applicable Supplements.
CAT II OPERATIONS USING HUD A3 MODE

For CAT II operations using HUD A3 mode, the limitations, emergency
and abnormal procedures, normal procedures and performance data
contained in this Supplement must replace or complement the
information contained in Supplement 3, in the basic AFM and in the
applicable Supplements.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-00

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S6-00 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
- Use of the Brightness control in AUTO is prohibited for airplanes

with HGS software Version 807.
- Use of the DECLUTTER or AUTO modes are prohibited for
airplanes with HGS software Version 807.
- If HUD A3 mode is not available, manual CAT ll approaches
(autopilot not coupled) with HGS using the Flight Director guidance
are prohibited.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-05

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
mode operations.
The HGS has been demonstrated to meet the airworthiness
requirements of AC 120-28D Appendix 2 for takeoff and Appendix 3
for approach, landing and rollout when the following limitations are
observed.

HUD A3 approaches and landings must be performed with flaps 5.
FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROL SYSTEM

HUD A3 approaches must be performed with Yaw Damper ON, unless
the Yaw Damper fails after HUD A3 mode is armed or engaged. In this
case, the approach may be continued at pilots’ discretion.
If HUD A3 mode is not available, manual CAT Il approaches (autopilot
not coupled) with HGS using the Flight Director guidance are
prohibited.

The performance of Low Visibility Takeoff requires that the following
equipment and instruments be in operating conditions:
- 1 Head-Up Guidance System (HGS);
- 2 Inertial Reference Systems (IRS);
- 1 Multifunction Control Display Unit (MCDU);
- 2 VHF/NAV Systems;
- Windshield Wipers;
- Windshields Heatings;
- 2 Primary Flight Displays (PFD).
The performance of HUD A3 approaches requires that the following
AFM-1868
S6-05 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
- Modular Avionics Units (MAU) 1 and 2;

- 2 Radio Altimeters;
- Windshield Heatings;
- 2 Primary Flight Displays (PFD);
- 1 Yaw Damper channel;
- 1 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS).
SYSTEM CAPABILITY LIMITATIONS
AIRPORT ALTITUDE LIMITS FOR HUD A3 OPERATIONS

The HGS was demonstrated to meet the necessary requirements
under the following conditions:
Demonstrated Maximum Airport Altitude ................ 6121 ft
DEMONSTRATED MINIMUM TAKEOFF VISIBILITY LIMITS

Runway Visual Range (RVR) ....................................... 75 m (300 ft)
DEMONSTRATED MINIMUM HUD A3 MODE LIMITS

The HGS has been demonstrated according to the AC 120-28D table
4.3.8-1 as a fail passive system.
Decision Height (DH).................................................... 50 ft
Runway Slope............................................................... FROM -0.8%
TO +0.8%
Runway Visual Range (RVR):
Touchdown Zone..................................................... 175 m (600 ft)
Mid and Rollout........................................................ 125 m (400 ft)
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-05

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAXIMUM WIND COMPONENTS FOR HUD A3 OPERATIONS

Headwind ...................................................................... 25 kt
Tailwind ......................................................................... 10 kt
Crosswind ..................................................................... 15 kt
WEIGHT
HUD A3 mode operation in the Center of Gravity Envelope minimum
weights extended area is prohibited.
AFM-1868
S6-05 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
- Use of the Brightness control in AUTO is prohibited for airplanes

with HGS software Version 807.
- Use of the DECLUTTER or AUTO modes are prohibited for
airplanes with HGS software Version 807.
- If HUD A3 mode is not available, manual CAT ll approaches
(autopilot not coupled) with HGS using the Flight Director guidance
are prohibited.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-05

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
mode operations.
The HGS has been demonstrated to meet the airworthiness
requirements of AC 120-28D Appendix 2 for takeoff and Appendix 3
for approach, landing and rollout when the following limitations are
observed.

HUD A3 approaches and landings must be performed with flaps 5.
FLIGHT GUIDANCE CONTROL SYSTEM

HUD A3 approaches must be performed with Yaw Damper ON, unless
the Yaw Damper fails after HUD A3 mode is armed or engaged. In this
case, the approach may be continued at pilots’ discretion.
If HUD A3 mode is not available, manual CAT ll approaches (autopilot
not coupled) with HGS using the Flight Director guidance are
prohibited.

The performance of Low Visibility Takeoff requires that the following
- Windshields Heating;
- 2 Primary Flight Displays (PFD).
The performance of HUD A3 approaches requires that the following

AFM-1868
S6-05 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
- Modular Avionics Units (MAU) 1 and 2;

- 2 Radio Altimeters;
- Windshields Heating;
- 2 Primary Flight Displays (PFD);
- 1 Yaw Damper channel;
- 1 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS).
SYSTEM CAPABILITY LIMITATIONS
AIRPORT ALTITUDE LIMITS FOR HUD A3 OPERATIONS

The HGS was demonstrated to meet the necessary requirements
under the following conditions:
Demonstrated Maximum Airport Altitude ................ 6121 ft
DEMONSTRATED MINIMUM TAKEOFF VISIBILITY LIMITS

Runway Visual Range (RVR) ....................................... 75 m (300 ft)
DEMONSTRATED MINIMUM HUD A3 MODE LIMITS

The HGS has been demonstrated according to the AC 120-28D table
4.3.8-1 as a fail passive system.
Decision Height (DH).................................................... 50 ft
Runway Slope............................................................... FROM -0.8%
TO +0.8%
Runway Visual Range (RVR):
Touchdown Zone..................................................... 175 m (600 ft)
Mid and Rollout........................................................ 125 m (400 ft)
MAXIMUM WIND COMPONENTS FOR HUD A3 MODE OPERATIONS

Headwind...................................................................... 25 kt
Tailwind......................................................................... 10 kt
Crosswind ..................................................................... 15 kt
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-05

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DELETED
AFM-1868
S6-05 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190/195
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NOTE: The information herein presented is applicable to
EMBRAER 190/195 equipped with HGS dual installation
operating as a repeater only.
BEFORE TAKEOFF
HGS Combiner(s) ......................................................... CHECK
HGS Declutter Mode .................................................... FULL
DESCENT
NOTE: For Airplanes equipped with HGS software version 807 the
FPR in the HGS may not switch from FPA to G/S reference
during G/S captures. In such cases, disregard FPR indication.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-10

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190/195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NOTE: The information herein presented is applicable to
EMBRAER 190/195 with HGS dual installation and properly
equipped for LVTO and HUD A3 mode operations.
The procedures below must replace or complement the Normal
Procedures contained in the basic AFM and/or applicable
Supplements.
BEFORE START
HGS Combiner(s) ......................................................... SET
MCDU HGS Page:
Runway Length ........................................................ CHECK
Runway Elevation .................................................... CHECK
Confirm the TDZE or runway threshold elevation for possible
return for landing.
Combiner Mode ....................................................... AUTO
Course Selectors 1 and 2 ............................................. SET TO
RUNWAY
HEADING
For Low Visibility Takeoff (LVTO mode):
All NAV Receivers ................................................... SET TO ILS
Display Control Panel 1 ........................................... NAV SOURCE
SET TO LOC 1
Display Control Panel 2 ........................................... NAV SOURCE
SET TO LOC 2
AFM-1868
S6-10 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
MANUAL
BEFORE TAKEOFF
For Low Visibility Takeoff (LVTO mode):
Low Visibility Takeoff Briefing.................................. PERFORM
Aircraft Reference Symbol............................................ ALIGN WITH
RUNWAY
CENTERLINE
Course Selectors 1 and 2 ............................................. READJUST
WITH
RUNWAY
CENTERLINE
Ground Roll Guidance Cue .......................................... CHECK
Display Intensity............................................................ ADJUST
CAUTION: RUNWAY REMAINING IS A SUPPLEMENTAL

SITUATION AWARENESS DISPLAY DECREASING IN
500 FT INCREMENTS AVAILABLE IN LOW VISIBILITY
TAKEOFF. THE DATA DISPLAYED IS NOT INTENDED
TO BE USED FOR PERFORMANCE MONITORING
PURPOSES.
CLIMB/CRUISE
Combiner Mode ............................................................ AS REQUIRED
HGS Display ................................................................. MONITOR
DESCENT
FMS ARRIVAL Page:
Landing Runway...................................................... SELECT
Approach Procedure ............................................... SELECT
MCDU HGS Page......................................................... SET AND
X-CHECK
For HUD A3 mode approach:
HUD A3 Approach Briefing...................................... PERFORM
AS REQUIRED
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-10

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190/195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPROACH
HUD A3 MODE APPROACH
Display Control Panel 1 ................................................ NAV SOURCE
SET TO LOC 1
Display Control Panel 2 ................................................ NAV SOURCE
SET TO LOC 2
NOTE: FGCS Approach Preview mode may be used.
All NAV Receivers......................................................... SET TO ILS
RUNWAY
HEADING
Decision Height (DH) or Altitude (DA) 1 and 2 ............. SET
MCDU HGS Page:
Runway Length ........................................................ CHECK
Runway Elevation .................................................... CHECK
Confirm the TDZE or runway threshold elevation for possible
return for landing.
HUD A3.................................................................... ON
Slat/Flap ........................................................................ 5
Speed............................................................................ SET VAPP
NOTE: The VAPP is determined by adjusting the VREF 5 for head wind
component and gust according to the following equation:
HUD A3 VAPP = VREF 5 + wind correction, where Wind
correction = ½ head wind component + full gust, limited to
20 kt.
Autopilot ........................................................................ DISENGAGE
CAUTION: • IF VISUAL CONTACT IS NOT ESTABLISHED UPON

REACHING THE DECISION HEIGHT OR IF AN
APPROACH WARNING IS DISPLAYED, A MISSED
APPROACH MUST BE INITIATED.
• RUNWAY REMAINING IS A SUPPLEMENTAL
SITUATION AWARENESS DISPLAY DECREASING IN
100 METERS OR 500 FEET INCREMENTS AVAILABLE
AFTER TOUCHDOWN IN HUD A3 MODE. THE DATA
DISPLAYED IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR
PERFORMANCE MONITORING PURPOSES.
AFM-1868
S6-10 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
MANUAL
VISUAL OR NON-PRECISION APPROACH

RUNWAY
HEADING
MCDU HGS Page:
Runway Length........................................................ CHECK
Runway Elevation.................................................... CHECK
HUD A3 ................................................................... OFF
Flight Path Reference................................................... SET
CAUTION: THE FLARE CUE IS ADVISORY INFORMATION ONLY.
THE CREW MUST PERFORM A VISUAL LANDING.
WINDSHEAR PREVENTION/RECOVERY
When the EGPWS detects a windshear, the HGS will display a
“WSHEAR” message to match the annunciation shown on the PFD.
A voice message will be presented in case of a red “WSHEAR”
indication on the PFD.
The “WSHR” vertical mode is selected and a windshear guidance cue
is provided.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-10

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190/195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
TRAFFIC AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE

The HGS will display TCAS Resolution Advisories (RA) to alert the
crew to traffic conflicts. Preventive and Corrective Resolution
Advisories provided are similar to PFD indications.
Preventive Advisories do not require that action be taken by the crew
to alter the flight path of the airplane, but indicate an unsafe zone.
Corrective Advisories displayed on the HGS require a vertical evasive
maneuver.
Preventive and corrective resolution advisory use angled lines to guide
the fly-to zone box or preventive bracket to indicate the unsafe or no-
fly zone.
In this case, the angled lines out of the box will flash until the flight
path is positioned within the safe zone.
Preventive RA procedure:
− Ensure the airplane flight path remains clear of unsafe zones.
Corrective RA procedure:
− Fly the airplane to box and outside of the unsafe zone indicated
by the angled lines off the fly-to zone.
− Maintain action as required by TCAS RA.
DEMONSTRATED WIND COMPONENTS FOR HUD A3

MODE OPERATIONS
EMBRAER 190 models:
Headwind ................................................................. 26 kt
Tailwind.................................................................... 17 kt
Crosswind ................................................................ 20 kt
EMBRAER 195 models:
Headwind ................................................................. 26 kt
Tailwind.................................................................... 12 kt
Crosswind ................................................................ 19 kt
These values are provided for information only.
AFM-1868
S6-10 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
MANUAL

For EMBRAER 190/195 equipped with HGS dual installation operating
as a repeater only, the Emergency and Abnormal procedures of the
basic AFM remain unchanged.
For EMBRAER 190/195 with HGS dual installation and properly
equipped for LVTO and HUD A3 mode operations, the procedures
below must replace or complement the Emergency and Abnormal
procedures contained in the basic AFM.
For HUD A3 mode operations, the approach must be discontinued in
the event of engine failure above DH or DA. A new approach may be
attempted with one engine inoperative. In this case, the normal
HUD A3 approach procedure described in this Supplement must be
used changing the reference speed to VREF FULL + 20 KIAS.
APPROACH WARNING
ANNUNCIATION: APPR WRN
GO AROUND Procedure.............................................. ACCOMPLISH
The GO AROUND procedure must be performed unless the
HUD 1(2) A3 NOT AVAIL

Above 500 ft:
Do not perform HUD A3 approaches.
Below 500 ft:

GO AROUND Procedure......................................... ACCOMPLISH
The GO AROUND procedure must be performed, unless the
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-10

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190/195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
HUD 1(2) FAIL

On the ground during takeoff roll:
The flight crew must establish visual cues in order to continue or
reject the takeoff.
In flight:
Above 500 ft:
If only one HGS is failed:
Continue the flight using the remaining HUD.
If both HGSs are failed:
Do not perform HUD A3 approaches.
Below 500 ft:
GO AROUND Procedure.................................... ACCOMPLISH
The GO AROUND procedure must be performed, unless the
approach is continued under visual conditions and the
airplane position and attitude assure a safe landing.
HUD 1(2) LVTO NOT AVAIL

Do not perform Low Visibility Takeoff.
During takeoff roll:
The flight crew must establish visual cues in order to continue or
reject the takeoff.
LVTO CAUTION
ANNUNCIATION: NO LVTO
The flight crew must establish visual cues in order to continue or reject
the takeoff.
LVTO WARNING
ANNUNCIATION: LVTO WRN
NO LVTO
REJECTED TAKEOFF Procedure................................ ACCOMPLISH
The REJECTED TAKEOFF procedure must be performed unless
the takeoff is continued under visual conditions and the airplane
position assures a safe takeoff.
AFM-1868
S6-10 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 190
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
For EMBRAER 190 equipped with HGS as a repeater only, the
performance data in the basic AFM remain unchanged.
For EMBRAER 190 properly equipped for LVTO and HUD A3 mode
operations, the information below must replace or complement the
performance data contained in the basic AFM.
The performance data required for HUD A3 mode operations are
presented by basic CAFM output tables, through the CAT III option,
and must be calculated previously.
Operational regulations may require additional CAFM landing
distance adjustment.

APPROACH
APPROACH
1 TOGA 2 UP CLIMB
CLIMB
SPEED
LANDING
CLIMB
NOTE: 1) The Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5) for HUD A3 mode

operations is the same Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5)
for Category III operations, which is the appropriate speed
obtained from the CAFM.
DEMONSTRATED WIND COMPONENTS FOR LVTO OPERATIONS
Headwind................................................................. 24 kt
Tailwind ..................................................................... 7 kt
Crosswind................................................................ 15 kt
limiting.
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-15

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 190
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
S6-15 ANAC APPROVED

HGS OPERATION
FLIGHT EMBRAER 195
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
For EMBRAER 195 equipped with HGS as a repeater only, the
performance data in the basic AFM remain unchanged.
For EMBRAER 195 properly equipped for LVTO and HUD A3 mode
operations, the information below must replace or complement the
performance data contained in the basic AFM.
For CAFM version previous than 7.1, the performance data
required for HUD A3 mode operations are presented by basic
CAFM output tables, through the CAT-II option, and must be
calculated previously.
For CAFM version 7.1 and on, the performance data required for
HUD A3 mode operations are presented by basic CAFM output
tables, through the CAT-III option, and must be calculated
previously.
Operational regulations may require additional CAFM landing
distance adjustment.

APPROACH
APPROACH
1 TOGA 2 UP CLIMB
CLIMB
SPEED
LANDING
CLIMB
NOTE: 1) The Landing Reference Speed (VREF 5) for HUD A3 mode

operations is the appropriate speed obtained from the
CAFM by selecting CAT-II (versions previous than 7.1) or
CAT-III option (version 7.1 and on).
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S6-15

HGS OPERATION
EMBRAER 195
FLIGHT
MANUAL
DEMONSTRATED WIND COMPONENTS FOR LVTO OPERATIONS
Headwind ................................................................. 25 kt
Tailwind ...................................................................... 9 kt
Crosswind ................................................................ 13 kt
limiting.
AFM-1868
S6-15 ANAC APPROVED

ELECTRONIC
FLIGHT FLIGHT BAG
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 10
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S10-00 ..... 02
Limitations.......................................................................... S10-00 ..... 02
Normal Procedures............................................................. S10-00 ..... 02
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures.............................. S10-00 ..... 02
Performance ...................................................................... S10-00 ..... 02
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED S10-00

ELECTRONIC
FLIGHT BAG
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
This supplement is a part of the Airplane Flight Manual for airplanes
incorporating the Electronic Flight Bag (EFB).
The factory incorporated EFB is a Class 2 type. Guidance of the
AC 120-76A (Guidelines for the Certification, Airworthiness, and
Operational Approval of Electronic Flight Bag Computing Devices)
must apply.
Airworthiness approval alone does not constitute operational approval
or credit for EFB operation. Operational approval is required.
The information herein presented must replace or complement the
equivalent data in the basic AFM. For limitations, procedures and
performance not contained in this Supplement refer to the basic AFM
and applicable Supplements.
LIMITATIONS
Limitations presented in the basic AFM and applicable supplements
remain unchanged.
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Normal procedures presented in the basic AFM and applicable
supplements remain unchanged.

Emergency and abnormal procedures presented in the basic AFM and
applicable supplements remain unchanged.
PERFORMANCE
Performance presented in the basic AFM and applicable supplements
remain unchanged.
AFM-1868
S10-00 ANAC APPROVED

RADIAL TIRES
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 17
RADIAL TIRES PERFORMANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S17-00 ..... 02
Introduction................................................................... S17-00 ..... 02
Limitations.......................................................................... S17-05 ..... 01
Operational Limitations................................................. S17-05 ..... 01
Normal Procedures............................................................ S17-10 ..... 01
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures ............................. S17-10 ..... 01
Performance ...................................................................... S17-10 ..... 01
AFM-1868

RADIAL TIRES
PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
This supplement provides information required for EMBRAER 190 and
EMBRAER 195 airplanes operation taking credit of radial tires
improved takeoff and landing performance.
The information herein presented replaces or complements the
equivalent information in the basic AFM.
in this Supplement refer to the basic AFM and applicable
supplements.
AFM-1868

RADIAL TIRES
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
TIRE SPECIFICATION
The performance herein stated applies to EMBRAER 190 and
EMBRAER 195 with the following tires installed on both sides of each
landing gear:
Nose Landing Gear Tires: P/N M18201
Main Landing Gear Tires: P/N M18602
NOTE: For any tire configuration that differs from the configuration
listed above, refer to the Supplement 1 – Limitations section.
AFM-1868

RADIAL TIRES
PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

RADIAL TIRES
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
Normal procedures presented in the basic AFM remain unchanged.

Emergency and abnormal procedures presented in the basic AFM
remain unchanged.
PERFORMANCE
The performance calculations are presented by basic CAFM output
tables and must be calculated previously with Tires model option set to
Radial.
AFM-1868

RADIAL TIRES
PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT 19
CONTROLLER TO PILOT DATA LINK

COMMUNICATIONS (CPDLC)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
General .............................................................................. S19-00 ..... 02
Introduction ................................................................... S19-00 ..... 02
Limitations.......................................................................... S19-05 ..... 01
Normal Procedures............................................................ S19-10 ..... 01
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures.............................. S19-10 ..... 02
Performance ...................................................................... S19-15 ..... 01
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
This supplement is applicable to airplanes equipped with either
ATN-CPDLC (Post-Mod. SB 190-23-0011, Post-Mod. SB
190LIN-23-0014 or with an equivalent modification factory
incorporated) or FANS 2-CPDLC (Post-Mod. SB 190-34-0041 or with
an equivalent modification factory incorporated).
For airplanes equipped with ATN-CPDLC (Post-Mod. SB 190-23-0011
or Post-Mod. SB 190LIN-23-0014):
- ANAC has approved the airplane data link system to the criteria
contained in AC 20-140A for ATN B1 using VDL M2.
- The data link system meets the airplane-allocated performance
requirements for continental applications (ATN B1 using VDL M2).
- The airplane ATC Data Link system does support multi-frequency
operation as defined in ARINC Spec. 631-5.
For airplanes equipped with FANS 2-CPDLC (Post-Mod.

SB 190-34-0041):
- ANAC has approved the airplane data link system to the criteria
contained in AC 20-140B for ATN B1 using VDL M2 and
FANS 1/A+ using VDL M2 or VDL MA or SATCOM (Iridium).
FANS 1/A+ application meets the required communication
performance (RCP) of 240 for CPDLC operations and the required
surveillance performance (RSP) of 180 for ADS-C operations.
- The data link system meets the airplane-allocated performance
requirements for continental applications (ATN B1 using VDL M2)
and for oceanic/remote applications (FANS 1/A+ using VDL M2 or
VDL MA or SATCOM (Iridium)).
- The airplane ATC Data Link system does support multi-frequency
operation as defined in ARINC Spec. 631-6.
This AFM entry does not, by itself, constitute an operational approval

where such an approval is required.
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
LIMITATIONS
For airplanes equipped with ATN-CPDLC (Post-Mod. SB 190-23-0011
or Post-Mod. SB 190LIN-23-0014):
- The usage of ATN-CPDLC is restricted to supplementary
means of communication for messages which are not
time-critical.
- The usage of ATN-CPDLC with one inoperative MCDU is
prohibited.
- The ACARS can be disabled by the flight crew, but it will cause
all data link communication to be unavailable.
For airplanes equipped with FANS 2-CPDLC
(Post-Mod. SB 190-34-0041):
- The usage of ATN B1 application is restricted to supplementary
means of communication for messages which are not
time-critical.
- The usage of FANS 2-CPDLC with one inoperative MCDU is
prohibited.
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AFTER TAKEOFF
Air Conditioning & Press .......................................... CHECK
APU.......................................................................... AS REQUIRED
Slat/Flap................................................................... UP
Select slat/flap to up following the ideal flap selection speed
reference (F) indication.
Altimeters ................................................................. SET & X-CHECK
CPDLC..................................................................... AS REQUIRED
DESCENT
Approach Briefing .................................................... COMPLETE
Landing Data............................................................ SET

Select the LANDING page on MCDU and confirm VREF, VAP,
VAC, and VFS.
CPDLC Termination................................................. ACCOMPLISH
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL

Emergency and abnormal procedures presented in the basic AFM and
applicable supplements remain unchanged.
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE
Performance presented in the basic AFM and applicable supplements
remain unchanged.
AFM-1868

CPDLC
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDICES
FLIGHT
MANUAL
APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX 1 – CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

AFM-1868
CTA APPROVED AP-TOC

APPENDICES AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AFM-1868
AP-TOC CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Introduction ........................................................................ AP1-00 ..... 03
ATA 23 Communications................................................... AP1-23 ..... 01
ATA 28 Fuel....................................................................... AP1-28 ..... 01
ATA 32 Landing Gear ........................................................ AP1-32 ..... 01
ATA 33 Lights .................................................................... AP1-33 ..... 01
ATA 34 Navigation............................................................. AP1-34 ..... 01
ATA 38 Water and Waste.................................................. AP1-38 ..... 01
ATA 52 Doors .................................................................... AP1-52 ..... 01
ATA 53 Fuselage ............................................................... AP1-53 ..... 01
ATA 54 Nacelles/Pylons .................................................... AP1-54 ..... 01
ATA 55 Stabilizers ............................................................. AP1-55 ..... 01
ATA 57 Wings.................................................................... AP1-57 ..... 01
ATA 71 Powerplant............................................................ AP1-71 ..... 01
ATA 78 Exhaust................................................................. AP1-78 ..... 01
AFM-1868
ANAC APPROVED AP1-00

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
AP1-00 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This Configuration Deviation List contains additional certificate
limitations for operation of the airplane without certain secondary
airframe and engine parts as listed herein. When the airplane is
operated using the CDL, the limitations specified in the AFM must still
be complied with, as amended in this Appendix. All the items that are
related to the airworthiness of the airplane and not included on the list
are automatically required to be installed.
The associated limitations must be listed on a placard affixed in the

cockpit in clear view of the pilots and other appropriate
crewmember(s). The pilot in command should be notified of each
operation with a missing part(s) by listing the missing part(s) in the
flight or dispatch release. The operator should list in the airplane
logbook an appropriate notation covering the missing part(s) on each
flight.
If an additional part is lost, the airplane may not depart the airport at
which it landed following this event, until it complies with the limitation
of the CDL. This, of course, does not preclude the issuance of a ferry
permit to allow the airplane to be flown to a point where the necessary
repairs or replacement can be made.
No more than one part for any one system may be missing, unless
specific combinations of parts are included in the CDL. Unless
otherwise specified, parts from different systems may be missing. The
performance penalties are cumulative, unless specifically designated
penalties are indicated for the combination of missing parts.
Where performance penalties are listed as negligible, no more than

three negligible items may be missing without taking further penalty.
For each missing item more than three, reduce the takeoff, landing
and enroute climb limits by 45 kg (100 lb). Where performance
penalties are listed as no penalty, any accumulative number of items
listed as no penalty may be missing without further penalty.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
Takeoff performance penalties should be applied to the takeoff

weights that are limited by performance considerations (i.e., takeoff
field length, first, second, or final segment climb, or takeoff flight path).
If the performance-limited takeoff weight is greater than the maximum

certified takeoff weight, the takeoff performance penalties should be
applied to the maximum certified takeoff weight to ensure compliance
with the noise requirements.
Landing performance penalties should be applied to the landing

weights that are limited by performance considerations (i.e., landing
field length, landing climb, or approach climb). If the performance-
limited landing weight is greater than the maximum certified landing
weight, the landing performance penalties should be applied to the
maximum certified landing weight to ensure compliance with the noise
requirements.
En route performance penalties apply only to operations that are

limited by the one-engine inoperative en route climb performance.
Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual TASK 51-22-01-910-801A

for speed tape application, inspection procedure, replacement
instructions and time limit information.
If the CDL item refers to a MMEL item, the MMEL conditions,
limitations and repair interval must be applied.
COMPONENT LOCATION
The numbering and designation of each system in this Appendix is
based on ATA Spec. 2200. The parts within each system are identified
by its functional description and, when necessary, by door or panel
identification. See Maintenance Manual, Chapter 06, for panel
identification.
AFM-1868
AP1-00 ANAC APPROVED

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

System & 1. 2. Number installed
Sequence ITEM 3. Number required for dispatch
Number 4. Remarks and/or exceptions
23 COMMUNICATIONS
61-00 Static Dischargers 36 26 A maximum of 10 (ten) static

dischargers may be missing
with no penalty. At least the
following dischargers are
required to be installed:
a) 5 (five) on each winglet;
b) 2 (two) on each aileron;
c) 2 (two) on each elevator;
d) 2 (two) on each horizontal
stabilizer, and
e) 4 (four) on rudder/vertical
stabilizer.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
AP1-23 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

28 FUEL
42-01 Magnetic Level 6 0 Any number or combination

Indicators may be missing with no penalty
provided:
a) There is no evidence of
leakage, and
b) Cavity is covered with
speed tape.
Refer to MMEL 28-42-00.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

32 LANDING GEAR
12-01 Main Landing Gear 4 3 One may be missing provided

Door (Upper And for CAFM performance
Lower) calculation the following Drag
Index is applied:
- Upper Door: Drag index 23.
- Lower Door: Drag index 29.
NOTE: Main Landing Gear
Middle Door must be
installed.
12-02 Main Landing Gear 4 0 Any number or combination

Middle Door Seals may be missing or partially
missing provided for CAFM
performance calculation a drag
Index of 5 is applied.
12-03 Main Landing Gear 2 0 One or both may be missing

Lower Door Fairing with negligible penalty.
Seals
49-01 Main Landing Gear 2 0 One or both may be missing

Wheel Fairing with no penalty.
Assembly (if installed)
NOTE: - When the Wheel
Fairing is removed or
missing the
associated supports
must also be
removed.
- Items 32-12-01 and
32-49-01 may be
missing
simultaneously with
no additional penalty.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

33 LIGHTS
41-01 Nose Gear Landing 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Light Assembly Refer to MMEL 33-41-00.
42-01 Nose Gear Taxi Light 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Assembly Refer to MMEL 33-42-00.
43-01 Aft Navigation Light 2 0 One or both may be missing

Lens (Airplanes with with negligible penalty provided
Halogen lights type) affected lights are deactivated
and considered inoperative.
Refer to MMEL 33-43-00 and
33-47-00.
44-01 Wing Inspection Light 2 0 One or both may be missing

Lens (Airplanes with with no penalty provided:
Halogen lights type) a) Cavity is covered with
blanking plate, and
b) Affected light is deactivated
44-02 Wing Inspection Light 2 0 One or both may be missing

Lens (Airplanes with with no penalty provided:
LED lights type) a) Cavity is covered with speed
tape, and
b) Affected light is deactivated
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL

33 LIGHTS
45-01 Red Beacon Light 2 0 One or both may be missing

Covers (Upper and with negligible penalty provided
Lower) affected light is deactivated and
considered inoperative.
46-01 Logotype Light 2 0 One or both may be missing

Covers with no penalty. Cover the cavity
with speed tape.
47-01 Aft Strobe Light Lens 2 0 One or both may be missing

(Airplanes with LED with negligible penalty provided
lights type) affected lights are deactivated
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

34 NAVIGATION
32-01 Marker Beacon 1 0 May be missing with no penalty

Antenna provided:
a) Both Marker Beacon
systems are considered
inoperative, and
blanking plate.
51-02 DME Antenna 2 0 One or both may be missing

with no penalty provided:
a) Affected DME system is
deactivated and considered
inoperative, and
blanking plate.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

38 WATER AND WASTE
31-01 Forward / Aft Drain 2 1 One may be missing with no

Masts penalty provided:
a) Associated Drain Mast
Heater is deactivated,
blanking plate,
c) Water supply to the
associated galley and
lavatory is secured off, and
d) Procedures are established
and used to ensure that the
associated galley and
lavatory sink is not used.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

52 DOORS
10-01 Door Deflectors 4 2 One door deflector from each
(Passenger And fuselage side may be missing
Service) with negligible penalty provided
takeoffs are not conducted after
ground exposures to freezing
rain or freezing drizzle.
47-01 RAT Plug 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
82-01 Nose Landing Gear 14 0 Any number or combination
Door Seals may be missing or partially
missing with negligible penalty.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868
AP1-52 CTA APPROVED

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

53 FUSELAGE
03-01 Forward Ramp 1 0 May be missing with no penalty

Handset, Steering provided:
Disconnect Switch And a) Steering disengage switch
External Power Supply is checked to be in the
115 VAC Access Door ENGAGE position and
(125AL) safety guard is checked to
be actuated,
b) Alternate procedures to
towing airplane, ramp
communication and
external power connection
are established and used,
and
c) Cavity is covered with
speed tape.
03-02 Waste Service Access 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Door (152AR) Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
03-03 Water Service Access 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Door (151AL) Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
03-04 External Power Supply 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

28VDC, Aft Ramp Cover the cavity with speed
Handset Access Door tape.
(313AL)
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL

53 FUSELAGE
03-05 Hydraulic System 3 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Ground Connector, Cover the cavity with speed
Hydraulic Pressure tape.
Gauge Access Door
(314AR)
03-06 Jacking Point Adapter 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Access Panel (313BL) Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
03-07 Tailcone Attachment 4 3 One may be missing with no

Access Panels penalty. Cover the cavity with
(351EL/FR/CL/DR) speed tape.
03-08 Oxygen Pressure 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Gauge Access Door Cover the cavity with speed
(132AR) tape.
04-01 Internal and External 6 0 Any number or combination

Brushes (Fixed On may be missing or partially
The Landing Gear And missing with no penalty.
On The Stub)
04-02 Hydraulic Reservoir 2 1 One may be missing with

Fluid Level Access negligible penalty.
Doors (198LR/199KL)
04-03 DPI Bottles Inspection 2 1 One may be missing with

and Drainage Access negligible penalty.
Doors (198KR/199JL)
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

53 FUSELAGE
04-05 Ecological Bottles 2 1 One may be missing with

Inspection/Drainage negligible penalty.
Access Doors
(198JR/199HL)
04-06 Hydraulic Ground 2 1 One may be missing with no

System Service penalty. Cover the cavity with
Access Doors speed tape.
(198CR/199CL)
05-01 Drain Mast Rear 1 0 May be missing with no penalty

Fuselage provided:
a) Drain Mast fairing and next
adjacent fairing is removed,
b) Drain Tube inside Drain
Mast fairing is removed,
c) Remaining fairing and
remaining draining tube is
covered with speed tape,
d) A visual check is made on
the rear fuselage area to
confirm it is free of fuel, oil
or other liquid once each
flight day,
e) Airplane ground operations
in precipitation condition is
not allowed, and
f) APU is not operated in
flight.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL

53 FUSELAGE
05-02 APU Compartment 1 0 May be missing with negligible

Drain (Gravity Drain) penalty provided APU is not
operated in flight.
31-01 APU Oil Cooler Inlet 1 0 May be missing with negligible

penalty provided APU is not
operated in flight.
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
MANUAL

54 NACELLES / PYLONS
50-01 Pylon Side Fairing 4 0 Any number or combination

Seals may be missing or partially
missing with negligible penalty.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

55 STABILIZERS
03-01 Vertical Tail Access 1 0 May be missing with no penalty.

Doors (323BL) Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
03-02 Vertical Tail Access 2 0 One or both may be missing

Doors (323HR/JR) with no penalty. Cover the
cavity with speed tape.

Doors (323MR/NR) with no penalty. Cover the
NOTE: - Items 55-03-01,

55-03-02, 55-03-04:
One access door
panel is allowed to be
missing with no speed
tape and with
negligible penalty until
the next available
maintenance base.
- Avoid deicing and
anti-icing fluid
application directly to
the cavity when speed
tape is not applied.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

55 STABILIZERS
03-05 Vertical Stabilizer 4 - May be missing with negligible

Access Panel Seal penalty in one of the following
(RH) conditions:
- Up to two seals may be
partially or totally missing in
any combination, or;
- Up to 25% length of all right-
hand vertical stabilizer seal
(aerodynamic + access panel)
may be missing.
03-06 Horizontal Stabilizer 12 10 One or two seals may be

Access Panel Seal partially or totally missing in any
(Lower Side) combination with negligible
penalty.

Doors (323KR/LR) with no penalty. Cover the
14-01 Horizontal Stabilizer 8 7 One seal may be partially or

Aerodynamic Seal totally missing with negligible
(Upper Side) penalty.
14-02 Horizontal Stabilizer 12 10 One or two seals may be

Aerodynamic Seal partially or totally missing in any
(Lower Side) combination with negligible
penalty.
24-01 Elevator Root Fairing 2 0 One or two seals may be

Seal partially or totally missing with
negligible penalty.
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

55 STABILIZERS
24-02 Elevator Tip Fairing 2 0 One or two seals may be

Seal partially or totally missing with
negligible penalty.

Aerodynamic Seal penalty in one of the following
(LH) conditions:
- One or two seals (2L, 3L, 4L
or 5L) may be partially or
totally missing in any
combination, or;
- One seal 1L or one seal 6L
may be partially or totally
missing, or;
- Up to 25% length of all vertical
stabilizer aerodynamic seal
(LH) may be missing.

Aerodynamic Seal penalty in one of the following
(RH) conditions:
- One or two seals (1R, 2R or
5R) may be partially or totally
missing in any combination,
or;
- One seal 3R or one seal 4R
may be partially or totally
missing, or;
- Up to 25% length of all right-
hand vertical stabilizer seal
(aerodynamic + access panel)
may be missing.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

57 WINGS
00-01 Wing Jacking Point 2 0 One or both may be missing or

Adapter Access Panel partially missing with no
penalty. Cover the cavity with
speed tape.
01-01 Noise Reduction 11 0 Any number or combination

panels may be missing with no penalty.
Cover the cavity with speed
tape.
49-01 Slat Track Slots 12 6 Up to 6 seals may be missing in

Moveable Seals any position with negligible
penalty provided the difference
between wings does not exceed
3 seals.
50-01 Wing Trailing Edge 4 0 Any number or combination

Shim may be missing with no penalty.
50-02 Wing Trailing Edge 2 0 One or both may be missing or

Retainer Spoiler partially missing with no
penalty.
50-04 Wing Trailing Edge 22 0 Any number or combination

Seal (Lower Skin) may be missing or partially
missing in any position with
negligible penalty.
52-01 Flap Track Fairing 68 0 Any number or combination

Seals (Inboard and may be missing or partially
Outboard Canoe Flap missing in any position with
Seals) negligible penalty.
53-01 Wing Root-Inboard 10 0 Any number or combination

Flap Seal may be missing or partially
missing in any position with
negligible penalty.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

71 POWERPLANT
11-01 Inboard Nacelle 2 1 One may be missing with

Strakes negligible penalty provided
airplane is not operated in
known or forecast icing
conditions.
NOTE: - Item 57-49-01 should
not be missing
simultaneously with
inboard nacelle
strake.
- If outboard strake is
missing, it may be
replaced by the
inboard strake from
the other side nacelle.
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868

AIRPLANE APPENDIX 1
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL

78 EXHAUST
30-01 Thrust Reverser Inhibit 4 0 Any number or combination
Pin Cover Plate may be missing with negligible
penalty.
AFM-1868
AFM-1868

APPENDIX 1 AIRPLANE
CONFIGURATION
FLIGHT
DEVIATION LIST
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AFM-1868


E190 - E195 - Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) - REV.20

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

E190 - E195 - Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) - REV.20

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMBRAER 190/195

ANAC APPROVAL: ________________________

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TR DATE DATE INCORPORATED

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TR DATE DATE INCORPORATED

13.1 Sections 2 and 5 Sep 23/16 Apr 12/17 Revision 14

13.2 Sections 2 and 5 Nov 25/16 Apr 12/17 Revision 14

15.1 Supplement 2 Aug 23/18 Sep 19/19 Revision 16

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

ORIGINAL.................. 0 ..................AUG 30, 2005

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

* Asterisk indicates pages revised, added or deleted by the current revision.

CTA APPROVED 0-TOC

0-TOC CTA APPROVED

LISTS OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

The Sections and their use are explained below.

SECTION 3 - NORMAL PROCEDURES

SECTION 4 - EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

CAUTION: OPERATING PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES AND

NOTE: Operating procedures, techniques and other related

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS USED

psi Pound per Square Inch

∆Gust Increase in Airspeed due to Gust

ADF Automatic Direction Finder

ADS Air Data System

ADS-B Automatic Dependant Surveillance Broadcast

AFM Airplane Flight Manual

AGL Above Ground Level

AMS Air Management System

ANAC Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil

AOA Angle of Attack

APU Auxiliary Power Unit

ATC Air Traffic Control

ATS Air Turbine Starter

ATTCS Automatic Takeoff Thrust Control System

CAS Crew Alerting System

CAFM Computerized Airplane Flight Manual

CAT II Category II Operation

CCD Cursor Control Device

CDI Course Deviation Indicator

CDL Configuration Deviation List

Configuration, Maintenance and

CTA Centro Técnico Aeroespacial

CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder

DC Direct Current, Digital Controller